Fishery lnspection and Rescue Vessel

"NORDS@EN" C-242
Tech n ical Specification

Date:

Document number: Revision:

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 As Built B

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 2 of 179

TABLE OF CONTENTS
OOOO GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DESIGN .........122 0010 Introduction and lntent of the Vessel........ ................122 0020 Intent and Legal Aspects of this Specification ................ ..............12 0030 Omissions. Conflicts and Inconsistency.............. ....... I 5 0040 Definition of Terms, Abbreviations and Acronyms................ ...... l5 0050 Builder's Responsibility .......17 0080 Changes and Extras ..............17 0090 Materials. Equipment and Workmanship ............... ....................... 18 0100 Particulars and Capactes ............19 0110 General Arrangement........... ....................19 0120 Principal Dimensiolts............ ................... 19 0130 Deadrveight ........ 19 0140 Capacities.......... ....................19 0150 Speed and Power ..................20 0170 Lightrveight and Weight Clontrol during Constructior1.....................................20 0180 Trim and Stability Conditions................ ....................20 0190 Complentent ......20 0200 Class, Rules and Regulations .......20
021

0220 Flagof Registry ....................21 0230 National Rules and Regulations .......... .......................21 0240 Intemational Rules and Regulations ........21 0250 Special Rules and Regulations .......... ......21 0260 Certiftcates.......... ..................21 0270 Noise and Vibration Requirements............ . ..............23 0280 stability............. ....................23 0300 Operative Conditions, Hull Performance and Model Testing ........23 0310 Operative Conditions.......... . ......... .,.. .23 0320 Hull Performance and lines .....................24 0340 Model Tank Testing and Acceptance Criterions............ ...............24 ......24 0400 Plans and Drawings 0450 On-board Mounted Drawings................. ....................24 0460 As Built Drawings............ .......................24 0470 List of Plans & Drawings ................ ........25 ..............27 0500 Documentaton 0510 Specifications. Inventories and Lists .......27 0540 Stability Information Booklet etc. .......... ....................27 0570 Darnage Control P1an........... .... .............28 0590 Instruction Books ..................28 ...............28 0600 Test and Trials .........28 0610 Test of Materials. Components and Systems..... ...................28 0620 Equipment Test.. 0630 Shop Tests ......... ...................28 ........29 0640 Dock Trials O641 Inclinino Test )q

0 Classification

........................21

20't 1-09_15

04069.4.0510.01 Page 3 o'f 179

2310 Boarding Boat Recess....... 2340 Rudders and rudder stocks......... 2400 Engine Room Structure 2410 Main Generator Foundations................. 2480 Sea Chests........ 2600 Foreship 2610 Stem. Anchor Pockets and Chain Lockers 2650 Structure i.w.o. Bow and Stern Thrusters............. 2700 Huf l Fittings.... 2710 Bu1warks............ 2720 Fixed Fenders and Chafing Guards 2730 Bilge Keels ......... 2740 Drain Plugs......... 2770 Foundations 2900 Corrosion Prevention and protection 2910 Corrosion. Prevention and Protection General 2920 Preparation of Surfaces 2930 Painting of Hull 2960 Catltodic Protection.............. 2970 Cen"tenting.......... 2980 Galvanizing......... 2990 Metalizing.........

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paqe 4 of 179

.......................40 ..............40

.................41
.....................41 .....................41

Structure.........

................41
.................41 ......42

................42
...................42 .........42 ..................43 ..................43 .......43

............44
......,....44 .........44 ....................44 ...................46 ...................46 ..................46 ....................47 .............47

I
T

I
T
T

3000 ouTFrT AND EQUTPMENT 3000 Markings and ldentification........... 3010 Waterlight Boundaries. Tanks and Web Frames 3020 Draft, Loadline and Tonnage mark....... 3030 Name, Port of Registry and IMO Number............... 3040 Bow and Funnel Mark......... 3070 Name Plates 3080 Label P1ates......... 3100 Closures and Access 3 105 Hinges of Doors and Hatches ................ 31 l0 Manhole with Covers....... 3120 Small Service Hatches 3130 Exterior Access Doors 3140 Waterlight Doors................ 3160 Port-holes and Windows... 3200 Mooring 3210 Mooring Arrangement - General...... 3220 Anchor Windlasses and Chain Stoppers..... 3230 Mooring Winches on Forecastle Deck 3240 Anchors and Anchor Chains....... 3260 Towing Equipment ............... 3270 Mooring Lines 3280 Minor Mooring Equiprnent. 3300 Lifesavng Equipment............... 3310 Life Saving Arrangerlent.................

.................47
........47 ......................47 ......................47 ....................47 .......4g ..................4g

....4g
.....................4g .....4g ..........4g ..........4g .....................4() .......................51

Equipment........

................51
.......51

................51 .......................52 .............54 ...................54 ......................57 .....................57

.....5g
........5g

I t
I
I
t
I
3340 MOB Rescue Boat.........., 3370 Lifejackets, Lif-ebuoys and Survival Suits.......... 3380 Rescue Zones 3390 Other Safety Equiprnent 3400 Steering and Manoeuvring Machinery......... 34 I 0 Steering - Mode of Operation ...... . ...... ... 3440 Bow and Stern Thrusters 3500 Stairs & Ladders............. 3510 Floor Plates & Gratings 3520 Railing & Hand Grips......... 3530 Pilot Ladder 3600 Masts and Rigging 3900 Miscellaneous Equipment............... 3920 Heeling Tank Sysrerns 3940 Stabilizers......... 3970 Helicopter Winching Area 3990 Store Rooms Outfitting...
...
.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 5 of 179

..... 59

........61

,...'.....,..'.....'....61 .......63

...................63
........ ........ 63

......64

................65
........ 5

.....................65 .......66

........66 ...............66
..........66 ....................67 .......................67 ......67 .....68

4020 Owner's supply, accot.nmodation:........... 4030 Workmanship, Marerial and euality 4070 Signs in Accommodation....... 4100 Room Descriptions for Crew Accommodation 4120 Crerv Cabins 4l2l Sick Bay............ 4130 Mess Room and Day Room 4140 Stairways and Conidors 4150 Toilets and Bathrooms. 4160 Locker Room and Entrance Hall Deck 3................ 4170 Ship Office........ 4180 Gynrnasium........ 4200 Room Descriptions for Service Spaces 4210 Wheelhouse 4230 Ga11ey................. 4240 Provision Room 4250 Garbage Room and Waste Handling 4260 Store Rooms 4270 Laundry............. 4400 Furniture......... 4400 General Description............. 4410 Furniture ............ 4420 Curtains and Roller Blind - Material and euality 4490 Hardware and Clocks....... 4500 Deck Covering

4OOO ACCOMMODATION. 4000 Accommodaton, Genera|............... 401 0 Design of Accommodation

................6g
......................6g ...................6g .......69 ..................70

.............. 70
......70 ....................70 .....................71
.......71 .........71

....................13 ....................73 ...................74

,.......74
.......74 ...................74 ....................15 .......15 ......75 ....................76

................76
....................76 ..,................77 ......77 .....77

...............2g

I t

201 1,09-15 04069.4.0510.01 PageT ot 179

t t

I I I t I I I t I I
T T

5430 Bilge Piping incl. Valves and Fittings 5440 Scuppers and Drains General...... 5460 Interior Gutter-ways and Scuppers 5487 Floor Drains 5490 Sanitary Drains and Galley Drains. 5500 Filling, Sounding, Ventng, Heating of Tanks 5510 Filling Pipes System 5520 Air / Overflow Pipes.......... 5530 Sounding Pipes 5600 Service Piping Systems 5610 Sanitary Water System....... 5620 Sanitary Water Treatment.. 5630 Technical Fresh Water System 5640 Waste Water System....... 5700 Fire Extinguishing........... 5710 Fire-Figlrting Requirements................ 5720 Ftre and Safety P1an........... 5730 Fire Detection System....... 5740 Fire Control Station 5750 Portable Fire Extinguishing Equipment .............. 5760 Fire and Deck Wash Main 577A C02System....... 5780 Fire Monitors 5800 Hydraulc Systems 5810 Genera1.............. 5820 Hydraulic Power Packs......... 5830 Precautions against Noise in Hydraulic S,vstents..

...112 ...........112 ........112 .....112 .......112 .............. 112

........... I 13

.................... I 13 ................... 1 13

............... 113
....................113 ....................114
.............. I 14

....1l4 ............. 115 ... I l6

....................116 .....................116 ............116
.....
1

l6

..................... I 16 ..................117 ...117

...... 118 .................. I 18 .................118

.... I

l9

6000 Machinery

EQUIPMENT....... General 6010 Engine Room Arangement................. 6020 Machinery Requirements...... 6030 Design Conditions................ 6040 Noise Sources 6050 Instruments and Gauges 6060 Heat Balance 6100 Main Propulsion Machinery.............
6000
MACHTNERY

....119 ...... 119 .....................119 .................1 l9 .................119 ..................... 1 19 ......120 ....120

6200 Power Transmission 6210 Reduction Gear. 6220 Couplings........... 6230 Propeller and Shafting 6240 Stem-tube with Bearings 6270 Propeller Control 6400 Boi1er............... 6500 Fresh Water 6610 Pump Material for Water... 6620 Pump Material for OiI........ 6630 Centrifugal Pumps.................

System....

.............120 ...120
..................120 .................120 ........121 ....121 ................122

Generator

....,........122 ................122
....................123 ....................123 ................124

I I I I I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 8 of 179

6650 Rotary Positive Displacement Pumps... 6670 HandPumps........ 6800 Engine Room Outfit and Equpment 6820 Flexible Mounting of Machinery............. 6830 Drip Trays......... 6840 Engine Control Room......... 6900 Maintenance and Repair Facilities.............. 6910 Lifting Gear and Arrangement......... 6930 Workshop with Outfit......... 7100 7120 7130 7150 7160 7170 7180 7182 7200 7220 7230 7300

....................124 ................124

............124
.................124 ..................124 ...................124

..................124
......125 ...................125 ,,,,127

TOOO MACHINERY SYSTEMS........,... General Requirements for Piping Systems..

Machinery List... List of Engine Room Tanks Filters and Strainers............. Heat Exchangers

................127
.................127 ...................127 ..................127 .......... . ....127 ......121 .................. 128 .................130

TankOutflt

718l Application of Pipe Material

Mechanical Engine Exhaust Gas

Piping Schedule (Steel

Pipes) System

Valves and fittings. materials and types

...................132

Ventilation Systern Cooling Water System 73 l0 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings 7320 Sea In1ets.......... 7330 Overboard Discharge........... 7340 Sea Cooling Water S.vstenr 7360 Fresh Water Cooling Systenr 7370 Low Temperature FW System............... 7380 High Temperature FW System............... 7400 MGO System 7410 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings 7420 Main Engine MGO Systen, 7440 Auxiliary Water Heater MGO Systenr....... 7450 Eniergency / Harbour Generator MGO Systern 7460 MGO Bunker and Transfer System 7470 MGO Purification and Filtering System.... 7480 MGO Service Tanks 7500 Lubricating Oil System 7510 Genera1.............. 7520 Lube Oil system - Main Generator Engines 7530 Lube Oil systerr, - Stern-tube/shaft sea1s........... 7540 Lube Oil system fbr Gearboxes............... 7560 Lube Oil purification ............. 7570 Lube Oil Transfer System
7600 Compressed Air 7610 Genera1..............

Ventilation and Exhaust Gas

..........133
.......134 . ..... ....135

.................136
............. 136 ................... 136 .................. 136 .................... 136 ........ .......137 ...................137 ..................137

................137
.............137 ...................137 ...............137 ........137 .......138
............... 138

...........138

................138
.................. 138 .............139
....... 139

.................139 ................139

System

...140

..............140
.................. 140

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 9 ol 179

7624 Saftng Air Systeni....... 7630 Control/Working Air Systeni 7640 Starling Air Compressors ................ 7650 Starling Air Receivers 7660 Control/Working Air Compressor............ 7670 Control/Working Air Receiver ................. 7680 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings 7700 Central Heatng System 7710 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings 7730 CenfralHeating System 7900 Miscelfaneous 7920 Waste Oil System 7930 High Pressure Washing System

......140 .................140 ......140

........141

................141 ................ 141 .............141

...............141
.............141 ......142

Systems

...............142
...............142 .............142
......................143

8000 ELECTRICTAL SYSTEMS............. 8000 Electrical, General 8010 Electrical Requirenrents....... 8060 Electric Load Balance..... 8080 Electric Pon'er Systems
8100 Power 8l I 0 Main Generators 8130 Emergency / Harbour Generator.. 8140 Rotary Converter 8150 Shore Connection 8 I 60 Batteries and Chargers 8170 Uninterrupted Porver Supply 8200 Electrical Distribution.............. 8210 Main Switchboards............... 8220 Emergency Switchboard................ 8230 Distribution System - Poner...... 8231 Distribution S1'stem -24V DC ............ 8240 Distribution System - Lighting 8250 Transformers...... 8260 Cables and Cable Installation 8270 Circuit Breakers 8280 Fuses 8300 Power Devces 8310 Electric Motors 8320 Starters and Controllers 8380 Propulsion Motors ................ 8400 Lighting ......... 8410 Lighting Plan 8420 Lighting Fixtures 8421 Lighting, Machinery and Working Spaces 8422 Lighting in Accommodation...,...... 8423 Outside Deck Lighting..... 8424 Plug Sockets 8440 Navigation and Signal Lights

.......143
.................. 143

Supply

....144 ......145

...............146
................. 146 ..........147 ................147 ...............148
.....
..

. I 48

...... .........148

....149
.................149

........152
............154 .....................155 ..............157 ................. 157 ................157 .................. 158 ................ 157

............. 158
................... 158
...... 159

................. 160

............... 160
... 160

................160 ............... l6l

........161

...................... l6l ....161 ................162

201

-09-1 5

04069.4.0510.01 Page 10 of 179

8460 Search Lights ...162 8470 Flood Lights........ ................162 8480 Emergency Lighting..... ....... 163 8500 Communcaton .............. .............. 163 8510 Radio Equipment (GMDSS).. ................163 8520 VSAT Broadband Communication............. .............164 8530 SAT TV............. .................t64 8540 Aeriaf Systeni..... .................164 8550 Broadcast Equiprrent.............. ...............164 8560 Intercom and Conrnrand Systems ..........164 8570 InternalTelephone System e1c.............. ............ . ....165 8580 General Alam and Alarm Bells.......... .....................165 8590 Engine Order Telegraph .....165 ...166 8600 Navigaton Equipment............... 8610 Gyro Conipass and Autopilot............... ....................166 8620 Deptlr Sounder ....................167 8640 Speed / Log Indicator.............. ...............167 8650 Magnetic Pro.iector Clompass .................167 8660 Radar Equipment................. ..................167 .................. 167 8670 Electric Whistle .................167 8680 Satellite Navigation.............. 8690 Voyage Data Recorder (VDR)....... ........ 168 8700 Miscellaneous Electric Equipment............... ................168 8710 Electronic Char-t System ..... 168 8720 Electric Test Board . . .......168 .................168 8780 Internal TV......... ....168 8800 Computer Hardware and Software.......... 8820 Data Network.... ..................169 ................169 8830 Planned Maintenance System ..............169 8900 Tools, Spares, Stores..... ......169 8910 Storage oflTools, Spares and Stores ...................169 8920 Storeroom rvith Outfit.........

9000 AUTOMATION........... 9010 Automation Requirements and Standards 9020 Design Conditions................ 9040 Instrumentation 9100 Control Location and Consoles 9l l0 Wheelhouse 9 3 0 Engine Control Room .... ... . 9140 Design of Consoles............... 9200 Alarm and Monitorng Systems..
1

..................... 169 ................ 168 .................169 ...................170

..17O .....170
............... ..... 1 73

.................173

.,..,......,......174

9210 Integrated Alarm. Control and Monitoring S,stem (IACMS)........................174 .....................176 9220 Fire Detection System....... .........176 9300 Propulsion and Manoeuvrng Control 9400 Power Generation and Dstrbuton.............. ................177 ..................177 9410 Power Management System ......177 9430 Automation of Comnressors.......,....

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

Page11of179

9500 9700 9720 9740

Automaton of Ship Systems.. Safety Systems..............

Fire Fire

.,...177
............... 178 ........178 ...178

Doors Dampers

t
t
T
OOOO 2011 -09- 1 5

04069.4.0510.01 Page 12 of 179

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DESIGN

t
t t
t t
I t
t
I
I
lr

0010 lntroduction and Intent of the Vessel

The primary task of the Vessel will serve as a fishery inspection in the Northem Atlantic Area and the Danish waters "Kattegat" and the North Sea. However, the Vessel is also to operate as a rescue vessel and shall participate in the Danish oil pollution preparedness by being capable of laying out oil containment booms. Fufther, the Vessel shall be able to assist in fire-fighting operations, although it is not to be equipped and classed as a fire fighting vessel.

The design has been based on the latest technical developments - as described in this Technical Specification - with emphasis on overall cost-effectiveness in operation, low
maintenance requirements and costs.

Because

sea conditions and high wind the Vessel has been with special focus on safety, best possible sea-keeping and comfortable sea behaviour. Machinery selected for designed sea conditions has been presented to Owner and
designed and built
has been approved both sea conditions and equipments installed.

of the frequently very rough

During fishery inspection the Vessel and its crew of 9 people plus 3 extras (in total 12 people) will stay at sea for a period of up to four weeks, afterwhich the Vesselwill call at harbour for change of crew. The accommodation, equipment and tank capacities are reflecting this operation pattern.

The primary tool for fishery inspection is a boarding boat launched from a built-in stern recess, so an absolutely safe and reliable launching and recovery ofthis boat is crucial. The design and well performance of the boat dock have been tested by Owner and approved in open sea. Tl-re safety of the operations with the working boat was approved by authority, Class
and Owner.

0020 Intent and Legal Aspects of this Specification

The content of this speciflrcation, equipments described, installation, etc. correspond at Vessel delivery stage and the builder is not responsible for discrepancies between this specification and equipments described, installation, etc. caused by modifications of any kind or extension made orland ordered by the Owner, Crew, etc., without previous communication to the Yard at least during guarantee period. During warrantee period the Owner can not provide any repairing work and/or modification without written approval from the Yard. In those cases as stated on shipbuilding contract the Owner should in detail describe the repair or modification to be carried out and submit it to the Yard for approval. design package including the drawings and documents listed in the next pages has been worked out by the Owner and placed at the Builder's disposal, and the Vessel was built in accordance with the contract specification, the related drawings of the design package and in accordance with good shipbuilding practice. The appendix numbers for each item of the design package are equivalent to the appendices to the Contract. All modifications provided to delivery by the Owner design package have been introduced in as built documentation delivered.

ll

I I
I I
I
Design Packa c
Ge lgI'a D

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 13 of 179

Appendix
2

Document number
04069 .4.05 r 0.01 B

Sheet

J 4
5

04069.4.0110.01 04069.4.0120.0 r 04069 .4.01 40.01

Document Title Technical Specitlcation General Arransernent Measurements Plan Tank Plan

04069.4.0r 70.0r
04069.4.03 I 0.0 r

L ghtweight Calculation
L nes Plan

6
7 8

04069.4.0520.0
04069.4.0530.01

Watertight lntegrity Plan

Tonnase Calculation Freeboard Calculation

9 10

04069.4.0535.0l 04069.4.0540.0 |
04069 .4.2210 .01 04069
.4

Prelirninary
Sheet I Sheet 2 Sheet 3 Sheet
I

Trim and

Stability

1l

I
ll
It

T2

.22

|0

.0

l3 l4 l5
16 17
18

04069 .4.22t0.01 04069 .4.2240.01 04069 .4.2260 .0 04069 .4.227

|

04069 .4.2260.01
0 .01

Sheet 2

04069.4.32 I 0.01

t9
20

04069.4.3360.0r
0406e.4.36 | 0.0 04069.4.3820.01
04069 .4.4210 .0r 04069 .4.s01 0.01
r

Investisation Midship Section Sections in Aft Ship Sections in Fore Ship Loneitudinal Section Aluminium Deckhouse Deck Plans in Steel Hull Shell E,xpansion and Franring List Anchor & Mooring Arrangenrent Boardin s Boat Arransement

Arangement of

Masts

and

2l
22
23

24
25

26 27 28 29
30

04069.4.5410.01 04069 .4.5440.41 04069.4.5520.01 04069.4.561 0.0 r 04469.4.5640.01 04a69.4.5760.01 04069.4.6010.01 04069.4.6060.01 04069 .4.7230.01

Navigation Lights Waste Oil Svstem Wheel House Arransement Principal HVAC Layout Bilee and Ballast Svstem
Scuppers and Drarns Pipes Sanitary Fresh Water System Waste Water Svstem Fire and Deck Wash Svstem

Air & Soundine

Engine Room &.

Casing

I I
I I I

3l
32
33

04069.4.7360.0r
04069 .4.7 460.01

34
35

36 37
38

01069.4.7 520.0r 04069.4.7600.0 r 04069.4.7730.01

Affanqement Heat Balance Calculation Exhaust Gas Svstem Cooling Water Systenr Gas Oil System incl. Bunker and Transfer Lubrication Oil Svstem
Compressed System Central Heating System

Air

01069.4.8060.0

Electrical Load Balance Calculation

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 14 of 179

lr

Design Pu.kug. aa
39 40
41

nrertor nesi - tnt..ior Document number sFD. r 85.2.00.3 sFD. I 85.2.00.4

Appendix

Revision

Document Title Floor Plan - deck 2 Ceilins Plan - deck 2

42
43

ll
fi

44
45

sFD.l85.3 .00.2 sFD.18s.3.00.3 sFD.185.3.00.4 sFD.18s.3.00.6

sFD. I 85.3 .14.0 sFD.185.3.15.0 sFD. I 85.4.00.2 sFD.18s.4.00.3 sFD. I 8s.4.00.4 sFD. l 8s.4.00.6 sFD. I 85.4. 12.8
sFD.1 85.4. 1 3.0

46 47 48 49
50

Furniture Plan - deck 3 Floor Plan - deck 3 Ceilins Plan - deck 3 Wall Armatures and Table Lamp Plan - deck 3 Crew Cabin - deck 3 Wet Unit - deck 3 Fumiture Plan - deck 4 Floor Plan - deck 4 Ceilins Plan - deck 4 Wall Armatures and Table Lamp Plan - deck 4 Gallev - deck 4 Mess & Dav Room - deck 4 Furniture Plan - deck 5 Floor Plan - deck 5 Ceiline Plan - deck 5 Wall Armatures and Table Lamp Plan - deck 5

ll
ti

5l
52

li

53

54
55

56 57

sFD. I 85.5 .00.2 sFD.185.s.00.3 sFD. I 85.5.00.4 sFD.185.5.00.6

SFD.I85

Buyer's Colour Book

Accommodation

of

Design Pu.kug. acKase

58

OISC A und V - Xoir.

Ons:

Appendix

Document number

Revision

Document Title

osD

06.2024

Noise and Vibration Studv

I
li

Design Package aur(ag9

CS LS: - Model tests Appendix Document number 63 FORCE 2006138.2.B-PRS

Revision
B

Document Title

Model Test Report

Water

Still

incl. Speed &. Power Prediction for Lensthened

Hull
64

FORCE 2006138-3-B.PRS

Model Test Report keeping

Sea

tl lt

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

Paqe 15 of 179

I I

0030 Omissions, Conflicts and Inconsistency

The genetalpart of this specification describes the Vessel's main particulars and equipments. Anything not mentioned or not correctly specified in this specification, but requird by the rules and regulations for the specified service, has been supplied by the Builder unless mentioned as the Owner's supply, all equipments, installations, etc have been surveyed and approved by class or Authorities where necessary and owner .

and manufacture manuals, the as-built documentation and manuals should prevail.
0040 Definition of rerms, Abbreviations and Acronyms

mentoned

lf any conflict or omission is the scope or description of installations

in the present specification with as-built documentation

For the sake of clarity and easy reference, tenns which are repeatedly nrentioned in this
specification shall apply as defined in this section. The Contractor or the Shipyard with whom the contract u,ill be signed is in this specification referred to as the "Builder" or the "Builders", whilst the purchaser (as well as his authorised superintendents) is referred to as the "Owner".
The contract between the Builder and the Owner is referred to as "the Contract". The vessel built is referred to as "the Vessel".

The classification society is referred to as "the Class". The flag state authorities are referred to as "the Authorities".

Where the term "or equivalent" is used this shall be understood to meau that items or standards of equivalent specification have been used, those equivalent standards, etc., received Owner's agreement sought in writing prior to the substitute items being ordered or standards
being used. Where the expressions "if necesSor)", "where necessary" or any other similar expression was used, it means that the matter or items in question, have been taken under consideration by the Builder and relevant proposals were submitted for the Owner's approval.

I
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

^bb-"*1" AC

AIC

Altenlatins Cunent

Air Conditionins
Automatic Identifi cation Svstem Ballast Water European Electrotechnical Committee Direct Cument Differential Global Positioning System Deutsche fndustrienonrelr Danish Maritime Authority (Flag state) Nominal Diameter Det Norske VERITAS (Classification Society) Engine Control Room Electronic Chart Display Systern Ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer rubber Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon Fresh Water Global Maritime Distress and Safety System Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastic High Holding Pou,er High Temperature lntegrated Alarm, Control and Monitoring System International Associ ati on of C I assifi cati on Societies International Electrotechnical Commission Intemational Maritime Organisation Ingress Protection (Electrical standards for water and humidity protection) International Standard Organisation Low Temperature Lubrication Oil International Convention for the Prevent. of Pollution from Ships Maximum Continuous Ratins Marine Gas Oil Poly-tetra-fluoro-ethylene - known under the trade mark Teflon Poly Vinyl Chloride International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea Safe Working Load Unmanned Machinery Space Voyage Data Recorder Water Closet / Water Column Watertight Longitudinal centre of gravity Vertical centre of sravitv

AIS BW CEE DC
DGPS

DIN DMA DN DNV ECR ECDIS EPDM Rubber EPIRB FW GMDSS

GRP

HHP

HT IACMS
IACS IEC

IMO
IP2O

&

IP66

ISO

LT LO or LUB. MARPOL MCR MGO PTFE PVC SOLAS SWL UMS VDR WC WT LCG VCG

OIL

T
r

I
T

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 17 ot 179

0050 Builder's Responsibility

The Builder carried the sole responsibility for the design, construction and quality of the
Vessel.

t
T

The Builder has been responsible for delivery the Vessel complete in every respect (except for such items and services explicitly listed in the specification or amendments as being Owner's delivery) ready to be put into service, constructed in accordance with recognised marine

practice and cornplying with all applicable requirements of the regulatory bodies as demanded. All items covered by this specification have been surveyed and approved by the
Owner.

tl
I|

All items (other than those items to be provided by the Owner) required for completing
Vessel and conducting trials and tests have been provided by the Builder.

the

The Builder installed equipments supplied by the Owner and supplied and fitted all interfaces
and commissioning activities.

t
il

Any items, which have been wrongly supplied by the Builder, have been replaced by Builder to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Authorities without additional cost to
Owner.

the the

During the building period the Builder has taken due care in order to avoid damage to the Vessel, its machinery and equipment by exposure to weather, pilferage. fire hazards, etc. The Builder has been fully responsible for the satisfactory launching and docking of the Vessel. Not damages have been caused during the launching or floating up the vessel up to safe delivery to Owner. 0080 Changes and Extras
When the Owner, in accordance with Article 5 of the Contract, ordered modifications or extra

F F

I
It
I

deliveries

to the Vessel, the Builder issued, as part of the required

documentation,

standardized supplementary agreement letter after the request. Such agreement letters have been numbered in succession, and describe the requested modification or extra delivery and the possible consequences for delivery time, deadweight and price.

f,
F T
['

Extra prices were broken down into purchase of equipment and materials and manpower. When the price consequence of a modification is negative or in case of a simplification that reduces the building costs or if equipment is omitted or substituted by cheaper equipment were taken into account too.
The Owner and the Builder have exchanged lists of those people who is authorised to sign such asreement letters.
The total price of the Vessel has been granted considering the contract price plus the sum of the extra prices given in the signed agreement letters and minus the agreed price reductions. The Builder did not claim extra prices for rnodifications or extra deliveries not covered by
agreement letters.

!
T

I I t t I I t I I t I I I I t I t t
ll
lr

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 18 of 179

0090 Materials, Equipment and Workmanship

Only new quality materials have been used in accordance with the requirements of the regulatory bodies and/or this specification and otherwise in accordance with recognised
marine practice and to the satisfaction of the Owner.

Equipments provided by the Builder have been of high quality, to the Owner's satisfaction and to nornal marine practice for a Vessel of this kind and adequate for the service specified. Workmanship was of highest shipbuilding quality throughout and has been to the satisfaction of the Owner's superintendent, OSK, Class and Authorities.

"IACS Shipbuilding and Repair Quality Standard" has been met during the building period.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 19 of 179

0100 Particulars and Capacities

10 General Arrangement This specification refers to general arrangement drawing number: KEH 04069.4.0110.01 o'General Arransement" REV J.
01

0120 Principal Dimensions Length overall

Length between p.p. Breadth, moulded Depth to main deck, moulded Depth to officers' deck, moulded Draught lnax. Draught max. bellow keel plate

68.70 M 6t.40 M 11.20 M 6.30 M 9.00 M 3.791 M 3.803 M 432

sea water

Light Weight
Displacement at max draught
Gross Tonnage Net Tonnage

1437 cr
NT
1.025

1078,40 ton 1284,30 ton

0130 Deadweight The nrinimunl deadweight at fully loaded design draught in

t/m3 shall be 200 t.

with a density of

The fully loaded condition is defined as:

Crew, stores and provision Fresh Water Ballast water in heeling tanks Marine Gas Oil Lubr. Oil, sewage & various in tanks Containers with oil containment booms Deadweisht total

15

30,25
0

135,09 15,57

l0

T T T T T T

0140 Capacities Consumables and Ballast Water Marine Gas Oil

Fresh Water

160,4

M
3

Lubricating Oil
Sewage

31.2 3.2
11.4
73

m-

m'
m1

Ballast water in fore and aft peak tanks Heelins tanks

m3 m3

43.8

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 20 ot 179

0150 Speed and Power The measured speed at the speed trial condition running at 100 per cent MCR was 18.4 knots.

as

defined in section 0650 with the ensines

0170 Lightweight and Weight Control during Construction

The lightweight has been defined as including: The empty ship completed and equipped, but without consumables. lnventories, equipment, spare parts and spare equipment that are part of the Builder's delivery and are intended to be carried aboard, except spare parts other than required by the specified rules and regulations. System liquids in machinery and pipes directly related to machinery systems. Liquids that remain in tanks and pipes after they have been emptied by the notmal
procedures (at even keel).

The Light weight and centre of gravity obtained after inclining test provided after launching on 0810712009 and approved by DNV on 14107 12009:

Light Ship Displacement Longitudinal of Centre of Gravity LCG Vertical of Centre of Gravitv VCG

1058.20 ton 27.09 n 5.30 m

After new Inclining Experiment made on 04l0l12012,new Stability Booklet calculated by Knud E Hansen AS and approve by DNV ot't2910212012. the date are as followed: Light Ship Displacement Longitudinal of Centre of Gravity LCG Vertical of Centre of Gravitv VCG
1078,40 ton

27,38 tt't 5,32 m

0180 Trim and Stability Conditions

The Trim and stability condition calculation has been provided according to Class and DMA requirement Do. No. KEH No. 07017.03 from 17l0llA9, approved and validated by DNV new Stability Booklet on 2910212012.

0190 Complement
The Vessel was built for a crew of 9 people plus 3 extras.

0200 Class, Rules and Regulations The below-mentioned Rules and Regulations have been applied, including all amendments and additions in force as well as applicable resolutions and amendments atthe date of the keel
laying. Revisions,

if any, to the rules and regulations between the keel laying date and commissioning of the Vessel, must be fulfilled as far as possible, subjected to adjustments to the contract
arising from such revisions.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 21 of 179

0210 Classification The Vessel is classed for worldwide unrestricted sea-going service by Det Norske Veritas (DNV) with the following notation: xlAl,Inspection Vessel, Ice 1C, E0, COMF-V(I) 0220 Flag of Registry
Denmark.

0230 National Rules and Regulations The Vessel is fulfilling all rules and regulations for vessels flying Danish flag as administrated by the Danish Maritime Authority.
0240 International Rules and Regulations l. SOLAS consolidated edition 2002 and SOLAS amendments 2000 with all protocols
adopted by the MSC.

International Load Line Convention I 966 incl. Supplements. International Tonnage Measurement of Ship s 1969. 4. Intenrational Convention for Prevention of Pollution fron, Ships (MARPOL) 73178 and consolidated edition 1997 and Annex VI 'Regulation for Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships and Nox Technical Code'.
2.
3.

5.

Intemational Convention

for

preventing Collisions

at Sea 1972. incl. l98l

Amendments. 6. International Electrotechnical Commission (lEC) in particular Public ation 92. 7. InternationalTelecommunicationand Radio RegulationsConvention. 8. ILO Rules for Crew Accommodation (92, 133 and 147) and national Rules. 9. IMO Resolutions 4.468 (XID Code on noise levels onboard ships. 10. Damage stability requirements according to IMO Resolution A.469 (XII) for design and construction of offshore supply vessels (Owner's requirement). Proper certifications have been issued for the above.

0250 Special Rules and Regulations I. Requirement of Intemational Pilot Association. 2. Marine Equipment Directive - 96l98lEC. 3. IMO MSC/Circ. 982 Guidelines on Ergonomic Criteria for Bridge Equipment and
Layout.

0260 Certificates The following certificates have been obtained and delivered together with the Vessel
documentation: MACHINERY CERTIFICATS:
GENSETS ''MAN''

HARBOUR EMERGENCY GENERATING SET ''SCANIA'' COUPLINGS "METAFLEX" (VULKAN) COUPLINGS "RATO-R-32 I T" (VULKAN) GEAR TRANSMISSIONS''REINTJES''

t I t

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 22 of 179

STEERING GEAR SR622''ROLLS-RO\-CE''

I I I I t I I
t I t t I
ll
It
i

RUDDERS''BECKER MARINE SYSTE\IS''

AIR COMPRESSORS''SPERRE''
PISTON COMPRESSOR LF21OS ''ATLAS COPCO'' SHAFT LINES ''BALINO'' PTIMPS ''DESMI''

OILY WATER SEPARATOR MODEL SKITiS-DEB

SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT VIBRACHOC DAMPERS ANCHOR AND CHAINS RESCUE BOAT DAVIT WORKING BOAT''MATR[X'' LIFERAFTS

1.0

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES FIRE AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT

CO2 SYSTEM

SWITCHGEAR ASSEMBLY
FANS MODEL V1AM.3I5,PAINT STORE

SOLND SIGNALS
i PLATES

HEAT EXCHANGERS LEVEL TRANSI\4ITTERS WORKING AIR RECEIVERS ANTI-FOULING PAINT MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS FOR PRESSURISED EQUIPN{ENT VALVES WATERTIGHT DOORS WATERTIGHT HATCHES
INJECTORS

INSULATION MATEzuALS STERN TUBE ASSEMBLY DECKCRANE ''TzuPLEX'' WINDLASS

MARINE THRUST BEARING ''LARSW 22-220"

LADDERS ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH
FIRE DAMPERS

NAVIGATION

UIPMENT CER'I'I'ICA l-s:

TRACK CONTROL SYSTEM

MULTIPILOT I I OO
RADARPILOT l IOO. CHARTRADAR WITH ARPA HEADING CONTROL SYSTEM ''TRACKPILOT I I OO'' ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY (ECDIS) ''CHARTPILOT DOPLER SPEED LOG
ECHO-S OLINDING EQUIPMENT

I I
I
I

11OO''

LINIVERSAL DISPLAY UDD SAM

49OO

t I I t t t I I t
I I I
ll

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paoe 23 of 179

UNIVERSAL AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM (AIS) voYAGE DATA RECORDER (VDR DEBEG 4300) SAAB R4 DGPS/GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
GYROCOMPASS SYSTEM MAGNETIC COMPASS TYPE 11 &.12 N" 1280780 MAGNETIC COMPASS TYPE 11 & 12 N" I28O78I COMPASS FOR LIFEBOATS AND RESCUE BOATS EPIRB EG5O:MAN EPIRB EG50:AUTO
406 MHz SIMRAD EG50 GPS EPIRB 406 MHz SIMRAD EP50 (GPS EPIRB)

UAIS DEBEG 340x(AIS) SMART UPS

RADIO.COMM UNICATION CERTI FI CATES: ULTRASONIC WIND SENSOR DEIF A/S

SPEED AND DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT (SDME)

INMARSAT-C SHIP EARTH STATION MARINE GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)

] ;

GMDSS NAVTEX RECEIVER

25OW GMDSS N4F/HF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE

RAD]OTELEPHONE SAILOR RT5O22 WITH DSC CONTROLLER i SHIP SECURITY ALERT SYSTEM
i

0270 Noise and Vibration Requirements Noise and Vibration ffleasurement has been provided during sea trial. The procedure followed is on Reporl 1 1.028 approved by DNV on 201 I -08-26. The noise and vibration level measured is the following: (SEE AIVIVEX 01 "IVOISE AIVD VIBRATIOMEASUfuEMEI,{TS DI,{V/DILA " Approved by DI{V 20 1 I -08-26) 0280 Stability
The Trim and Stability calculation has been provided according to Class and DMA requirement Do. No. KEH No. 07017.03 frorn 17107109, approved by DNV 0411112010 and validated by DNV a new Stability Bokklet on 2910212012.

I t I t
ll
lr

0300 Operative Conditions, Hull Performance and Model Testing

031 0

Operative Conditions

The Vessel was designed and built for unrestricted service. Hou,ever, the performance in ice conditions is limited to what corresponds to the ice class - see section 0210. The Vessel, its systems and nrachinery are able to operate within the range of the following extreme conditions:

Air
temperature
Sunrmer +350C

Weather

Relative

Wind
speed

Seawater

Bright sun
Overcast

Winter

-20"c

humidity 80% nla

temperature

Calm

l6

m/s

+27"C 00c

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 24 of 179

0320 Hull Performance and lines The shape of the hull shall be in accordance with the lines plan, No.07017.01.0310.01A which
is part of the basic design package - see section 0020. Lengthening of the Vessel on 600mm has been provided at not extra cost for the Owner in order to grant with sufficient safety margin the contractual speed. Final hydrostatic of hull included all appendages such as rudders, propellers, propeller brackets, propeller shafts and bossing, skeg, sea chests, thruster tutrnels, stabilizer fin boxes etc. Doc. No. KEH No. 07017 .03.

0340 Model Tank Testing and Acceptance Critera

The Following model tests have been provided: - Still Water Performance test Force Do. No. 107-28365 dated 0810612007. - Still Water perfonnance test lFinal Propeller/ test, FORCE Do. No. 107-37170 dated
2210112008.

0400 Plans and Drawings

Where nothing else is specified all technical documentation and plans for the Vessel have been delivered in Danish or English or Spanish/English to the Owner, who received it without
remarks.

0450 On-board Mounted Drawings

Drawings mounted on board are framed. The extent of drawings attd the location have been approved by Owner and Authorities. The text on all mounted drawinss shall be in Danish or English. As a minimum the fbllowing drawings were mounted on board. Fire control plan/Life saving plan General Arransement

0460 As Built Drawings

Upon completion of the Vessel, two (2) white copies of each important document, such as calculations, plans and drawings have been delivered. Furthermore, a set of CD-ROM's containing the same documents and information has been delivered too. Documentation format is: "pdf'.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 25 of 179

0470 List of Plans & Drawings

The followins drawinss have been delivered:
N" Paper CD (--opirs N" PLAN

RE\

DESCRIPTION

Copies

NERAL ARRANGEMENT
07017 11302
07011 .01.(-)310

0t.01t0

01

.l

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT CATODIC PROTECTION PLAN

2 2
2-

0l

L]NES PLAN

07017 03
2
1

STABILITY BOOKLET
SOPEP

07-2836s

STILL WATER PERFORMANCE TEST STII-L WATER PERFORMANCE TEST/FINAL PROPELLERS

101-37 170

FIRE & SAFETY CO]YTROL PLAN

0701 7 01 4060

0t

E
T

STRI]CTURAL FIRE PROTECTION LIFE SAVING ARRANGEMENT

FIRE CONTROL PLAN

2 2 2

07017 0r 3310 0I 07017 01 5720 0l

07017 OI O14O

TANK PLAN OI i B
SOLTNDII\IG TAB

raNr

AND CAPACITY PLAN

07017 01 0550

01

i SOUNDING TABLES

NG PLAN
00050 I 00050
I

IA ir td
I I

DOCKING PLAN DOCKING PI-AN (A3)

2
100
I

STEEL PLANS
HATCHES
000 I 03 000 1 03 000 I 03 020 I 06

HATCH HATCH

N"

H()5 I1l3)
HO4 (2/3)

N'

I
I

HATCH N". H0l (3i3)

HATCH N"

HO3

AS BUILT
0701 7

0l
0t

2210.01 2240 0l

MTDSHTP SECTTON (113) (2t3)

(3t3)

2
I

07017

D
E E E

LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS ALUMINIUM DECKHOUSE(I I 2\

DECK PLANS (2/2) SHELL EXPANSION

I
I

070 I 7.01 .2260

0l

2 2 2

07017 .01 .2260.01 0701'7 .01 .2210.01

I
I

PIPE AND VENTILATION DIAGRAMS

PIPES
07017 01.5130 01
070 17.01.5140.0
1

BILGE AND BALLAST SYSTEM

SCUPPERS AND DRAINS

2 2 2 2

D D D
B

07017 01 5520 0l
0701 7.01 .5610.0
r

AIR AND SOUNDING PIPE

SANITARY FW SYSTEM

(112'I(212)

07017.01 5610 0l

WASTE WATER SYSTEM

I
201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 26 of 179
07017.01.5760 01 07017 01 7230

I I I
il

I
; :

F]RE AND DECK WASH SYSTEM

(E F E E C C

0l

EXHAIJST GAS SYSTEM COOLING WATER SYSTEM (I12)(212\

070t'7.01.7310.01 07017

0l

7421.01

M G O BUNKER AND TRANSFER SYSTEM

LUBE OIL SYSTEM COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM CENTRAL HEATING SYSTEM SLUDGE AND WASTE OIL SYSTEM AFE COOLING SYSTEM OVERBOARD DISCHARGES WORKING AIR OUTLETS
HI-PRESS CLEANING SYSTEM QUTCK CLOSING VALVES SYSTEM

2
I

070 17.01.7530.01

07017.01 750 0l 07017 0t.7730 01 07017 01 7920 0l

2
I

7370
08000.1-7330

07
09 04 05 04

080206
08050 I -7930 080205-5380
000 l 03

DISCHARGES WELDING DIAGRAM

VENTILATION DIAGRAMS
3rr 31

57P03

ONE LINE DIAGRAM - COFFERDAM A

A
A B

I 57P06

ONE I-INE DIAGRAM - DECK ONE LINE D]AGRAN,{ - DECK ONE LINE DIAGRAN4 - DECK ONE LINE DIAGRAM . DECK

2
3

-r r r 57P05

I t51P04
3

4
5

I 1 57P02

3r r57P0t

ONE LINE DIAGRAI\4 - DECK 6

ELECTRICAL WIRING DAGRAMS

SET OF ELECTRIC DIAGRAMS (.VOTEC I,\|GEA'IEROS) PEo608
ELSCOO34 02 B
2
I I I I

LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT ACTA-EIsc3x440 60Hz ELECTRIC SWITCHBOARDS ARRANGEM ENT JUNCTION BOX ARRANGEMENT

PE0608
PEO608

MACHINERY PLANS BRIDGE DECK PLANS

030,101

BRIDGE DECK ARRANGEMENT I-2 BRIDGE DECK ARRANGEMENT 2-2 LIST OF COMPONENTS IN BRIDGE CONSOLES

I
I

03040

I
I

020202 07017.01.8430 01

|--

ANTENA LAYOUT
SIGNAL LIGHT ARRANGEMENT

t.

OUTFITTING PLANS
000 1 03 011901
01 1903 E
J

LOCATION POR GENERATOR & SILEN.BLOCKS (4 PAGES) STEERING GEAR SLEEPER ANCHOR WINDLASS SLEEPER

I
I

B
B B

01 1905
0U

AUXILIARY WINDLAS

S FOUNDATION

I
I

9054

AFT STARBOARD WINCHES FOUNDATIONS (10 PAGES)

I l|
I

I I
I I I I t
l1

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 27 of 179 0l 19058

41 51

B 0

WINDLASS SLEEPERS (7 PAGES) THRUST BEARINGS FOUNDATION

2 2

I
I

011938 04030 0e000

I

HYDRAULIC UNIT FOLTNDATION

SLIDING DOORS (6 PAGES)

B
r

ELECTRICAL SWITCHBOARDS FOUNDATIONS (2 PAGES) ARRANGEMENT OF WINDOWS AND PORTHOLES

ACCESS DOORS EXTERIOR

2 2

I
I

0'7011 .01.3 r 60 0

B B D

07017 01.3130 01 01017.01 3210.01 07011.02.2090 02 07017.01.3610.01

07017 .01 3680 01 4151

2
2 2 2 2 2 2

ANCHOR AND MOORING ARRANGEMENT CRANE SUPPORT MAST AND RIGGING ARRANGEMENT

B
0

BOTTOM PLUG ARRANGEMENT THRUST BEARING FOUNDATION SHAFTNG ARRANGEMENT (t -2) (2-2)

i1665

ACCOMMO )ATIO]V PLANS

c242-ACO
AITA
I

ACCOMMODATION ARRANGEMENT ACCOMMODATION FLOORING ARRANC}EMENT (4 PAGES)

BRIDGE DECK ARRANGEMENT (PLANT) LININGS OUTSIDE ACCOMMODATION INSULATION OTJTSIDE ACCOMMODAT]ON
12 PAGES)

2
2

I
I I I
lr lr

BDA

3
I

LAA IAA

TOWII{G BOOKLET
APPROVAL LETTER EMERGENCY TOWINC}
P0522C I I 5

EMERGENCY]'OWING BOOKLET BOLLARD PL]LL TEST PROTOCOL

2

DAMAGE C
o7or7 or o57o

OL PL,/llli
i
i

ol

t-t

DAMAGE CONTROL PLAN

INSTALATION REPORT C M D S S. NAVIGATION AREA A1IA2IA3

0500 Documentation

All

documentation required by the Owner was delivered on CD's or DVD in

"pdf'.

I I I
;

0510 Specifications, Inventories and Lists

Inventories and lists
purchase.

of supplies have been submitted and approved by the Owner before

0540 Stability Information Booklet etc.

as-built documentation package approved by the Class and format, etc., approved by the Owner. Owner on a CD in

complete stability information booklet has been delivered as

a part of

All

hydrostatic data including definition of hull form and tanks shall be delivered to the "pdf' format.

I
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 28 ot 179

taken to maintain the control of the Vessel in case of damage. The damage control manual and plan have been approved b1' both Class and Owner and included in ai built documentation package delivered to the Ou ner.

0570 Damage Control plan A damage control plan and a separate manual have been worked out showing measures to be

0590 Instruction Books Three (3) origirlal instruction books or manuals of all equipment on board have been supplied properly labelled, indexed. One set of instruction books has been delivered to the Owner before the relevant machinerv
and equipment were mounted on board.

A cornplete list of all machinery and inventory

moment of Vessel reception..

was delivered in triplicate to Owner at the

0600 Test and Trials 0610 Test of Materials, Components and Systems
The Vessel with all machinery, outfit and equipment has been fully tested and approved by the Owner and the Class. It was demonstrated and accepted by Owner that all components and systenrs are in proper working order and that they cornply with the specified requirenrents. The vessel rvas delivered without defect or remainins works

Tests: Before dock trial starting the Yard worked out a trial program and submitted it to Owner for approval. The tests have been provided in presence of the Class, where demanded, and of the Owner, always. Each test has been signed by the Owner, Yard and Class when dernanded.

0620 Equipment Test

Equipment iteurs, which have been tested in workshops, were only service tested after installation was finished. either during the dock trials or during the sea irials as per a mutually agreed test program and as conveniently as possible. 0630 Shop Tests
Testing of all items of hull and superstructures has been provided in the presence of the Owner's superintendent and a surveyor from the Class. Non-destructive tests (NDT) of the hull structure including tests of watertight boundaries etc. have been carried out according to the class' requirements. Shop trials for main propulsion engines and auxiliary engines have been carried out according to the Class' requirements and the engine Maker's practice and standard. Other important machinery has been shop-tested by Maker before delivery to the Builder and approved by Class in origin when mandatory. X-ray Tests and Ultrasonic Tests-ray

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 29 of 179

X-ray and other tests according to the Class requirements and the Builder's practice have been carried out and approved by the Owner. Schematic plan of X-ray positions was approved by Owner and Class.

Water-tightness Tests
The wt-tests and structural strength tests have been carried out as required by the Class. The wt-tests for tanks were carried out with pressurized air. Water tightrress test of windows was carried out according to class requirements and approved by it.

0640 Dock Trials

Dock trials have been conducted before sea trials according to approved trial program as required to ensure properly function of all equipments and installations. All tests have been provided in presence of the Owner and approved by him and Class when required. 0641 Inclining Test

At

agreed by Yard, Owner and class stage of completion of the vessel an inclining test has been carried out with great accuracy in presence of the Owner and Class. The test took place

before dock trials, but remaining or not belonging to the Vessel weight has been properly determinate and taken into account. The proposed procedure and conditions of wind and weather conditions have been approved by the Class, the Ou,ner. The experiment was provided according to IMO procedure approved previously by the Class. The result of the inclining experiment has been approved by Class and Owner. The lightweight and its centre of gravity thus determined have been used for the final stability booklet with loadins conditions.

0642 Bollard Pull Test.

A bollard pull test

has been conducted in harbour under the following conditions: The stem of the vessel shall not be closer than two ship lengths from the shore The vessel shall have at least one ship length of water clear of the shore on each beam. The water depth shall be at least 10 m No current, calm water and wind not exceeding Force 3 The bollard pull has been measured in the following conditions: Only the large generator running driving both propellers and hotel load. Only one of the small generators running driving both propellers and hotel load All three generators running driving both propellers and hotel load.

0650 Sea Trials

Sea trials shall be conducted in open water under the

following conditions:

Water depth at least 10 times the moulded draught

I t I
t I I
I I
I I
I I
ll

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 30 of 179

Maximum sea state 2 Maximunr curent I kllot Maximum wind speed 5 m/s

detailed trial programme shall be prepared by the Builder and accepted by the Owner's superintendent and the Class before commencement of the trials. The sea trials shall include at least:

Speed

Trials

Speed trials shall be performed with the Wessel load a deadweight of 150t, no trim or hell, the stabilizer fins retracted.

Speed trials shall comprise three series of 2 double-runs at 100 per cent, 90 per cent and 70 per cent of shaft propulsion power. Each run slrall be over a distance of at least 2 nautical miles.

For distance nleasurements an accurate system of location e.g. a DGPS-system shall be used. The shaft power shall be measured by a strain gauge torque-meter.

Endurance Trials

An endurance trial has been carried out with all three generators running at ntaximum penritted load for at least 4 consecutive hours.
Manoeuvring Trials
The manoeuvring capacity of the Vessel was tested as follorvs: A crash-stop trial with measurement of distance end time to stop Two turning trials(one complete gyration on each side with maximum rudder angle). one at full shaft horseporver, and one 90 per cent of full shaft-power. Steering-gear trial (zig-zag) with measurement of turning speed of rudder. Astern trial. Manoeuvring trials at slow speed using bow thruster. Side "crabbing" using the bow and the stem thrusters. Turning on the spot using the bow and the stern thrusters.

I I
I I
I
I
I
I

Boarding Boat Trials

The boarding boat launching and recovery operations have been tested at port and on sea trial, the Owner, authority and Class approved the safety and docking structure and parts have been tested and approved according to DNV lifting appliance devise.

Launching of Oil Containment Booms Not the launching of containment booms was tested, but function of lifting platform and hatches have been tested in presence of Class and Owner and approved according to Class

I
I rt
i

t
lifting appliance requirements.
Anchoring test

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 31 of 179

T
F
;

Anchoring test shall be carried out according to the Class' requirements. It shall be demonstrated that the chains are self-storing in the chain lockers and that the anchors are storing themselves correctly into the anchor pockets. Both anchors / anchor winches shall be tested and the hoisting speeds shall be recorded.
Noise and Vibration Measurements
See 0260.

t
I I
T

0660 Test Schedule

Schedules for tests and trials including test programmes, test procedures, measurement points etc. have been submitted to the Owner for approval in due time prior to the tests and trials. Tests and trial procedures were discussed with the Owner's superintendent in due time before the actual test or trial date. Dates for dock trials have been announced in writing not less than seven working days prior to the trials to the Owner and the Class if relevant and notices have been siven if anv deviation with the trial schedule arises. Dates for sea trials were altnounced in due tin,e.

t
T

0670 Reports of Test and Trials

The Owner received a complete dock and sea trial tests protocol book. the protocols have been signed by Yard, Owner and by the Class and authority were required.

ll
lr

0700 Supplies

All

equiptnents delivered were of marine quality and manufactured by u,ell-known and wellreputed manufactures; furthermore, this list has been approved by the Owner before any order
has been placed.

t t I
t
T

0730 Owner's Supplies

Owner's supplies as specified in this Specification and in the Contract have been installed or stored on board the Vessel by the Builder on his own account and approved the installation andlor storage by the Owner.

0740 Suppliers and Subcontractors

t I I
I I I I I
I I I I
I I I I I I I t
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 32 of 179

In accordance with the tenns of this specification, the Yard subcontracted and purchased services fi'om other companies in the perfonlance of his obligations under the contract. The Owner in all cases was in contact with those subcontracts and approved all subcontractors and suppliers. The Owner superintendent imposed several suppliers which caused delays in the shipbuilding chronogram, scope and project cost, despite advises and opinions of the
Yard.

0750 Spare Parts and Tools

Mandatory spare parts for the Class according to granted Class notation were delivered by the Yard and stored on board to Owner satisfaction. A list of standard spare parts from all suppliers was handled out to Owner for approval in due time. The spare parts have been stowed on board in the position selected by the Owner.

0770 Delivery

The Vessel shall deliver in accordance with contract and after signature by both Shipyard and Owner of the Protocol of Delivery. The delivery of the Vessel shall take place in Vigo at Shipyard pier, ready to sea. The Owner crew took the Vessel
responsibility on this act. The Vessel shall deliver ready to sea. 0800 Working Procedures 0810 Standards The design, construction and outfitting of the Vessel comply with the following standards,
not otherwise stated:

if

SO standards. DIN standards or equivalent. I.E.C. Publication No. 92 - Electrical Installations in ships or equivalent. Int. Standard ISO 8501-l for painting preparation or equivalent. Test requirements for the type approval of control- and electrical equipment.
f

0820 Access and Maintenance The functional values of the Vessel have been considered at all times during the design and construction of the Vessel. Building plans and technical documents prepared by the Builder took into account that the hull as well as the structure and layout of the machinery and equipment permitted easy access to all parts for good production quality and easy inspection, maintenance and repair work.

All

0830 Measuring System and Units dirnensions in this specification, on drawings, scales, etc,. are expressed in the SI units

if

not stated otherwise. Units:

I tonne: 1000 kg t horsepower: thp:735.5 Watt 0840 Languages

Aruangement drawings, plans, schemes and systern drawings, which are subject to approval by

I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paoe 33 of 179

the Owner, the Class or the Authorities, shall be in Danish or English

if

not otherwise

specified or required by Authorities. The text on name plates, label plates shall be in Danish and English throughout. public signs, safety signs and other instructions shall be carried out in Danish and English. The text of instruction books shall be in English or Danish'

0850 Machinery Biography

I I

A machinery biography

has been delivered in duplic ate at the time

of delivery.

components: The biography contains the following particulars of all machinery and equipment Name and full postal address of Manufacturer and/or supplier, including telephone and number and e-mail address. fax capacity Exact data of component. i.e. name, type, fabrication number, year of fabrication, and in a data etc. have been delivered structured and primarily on an electronic medium format compatible with the software used by the Owner.

I
T

0860 Plan APProval

system I.rportant arrangement drawings, plans, detailed drawings, schemes, specifications and as drawings other drwings have been sent to ih.- o*trer for approval in three copies. been sent to the requested by the owner have been provided in three copies. Drau'ings have

I I
T

Owner.

0870 Supervision building of The Owner used extensively the right to erploy superintendents to supervise the the Vessel for parts where the ship and such superintends had free access to all workshops, were being manufactured. All salaries and expenses of the Owner's superintendents have been on the Owner's account'

0880 Planning and Progress of Work

schedules In accordance with Article 2.3 ofthe Contract, the Builder submitted to the Owner,

! I I I
ll ll

stating:

laying of keel. The planned key dates. such as dates of starting of production in workshops launching, placing on board of main components, etc. (dates The dates o' which decisions have to be known in view of purchasing components supplies. of delivery, technical basic information). This also applies to the Owner's schedule. The dates on which decisions have to be knou,n regarding plan approval and home poft, name The dates on which decisions have to be known regarding vessel's oils to be used, etc.

following Within 3 months after signing the Contract the Builder submitted to the Owner the
technical information : Detailed general amangement list Detailed engine roo11 affangement with component list according to makers Weisht calculation Stability infonnation booklet with hydrostatic data and loading conditions Heat balance calculation

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 34 of 179

fo

Electrical load balance calculation

the

Within 5 months after signing the Contract tl're Builder shall submit to the Owner

llowing technical information : Workshop drawings for hull construction Detailed drawings of boarding boat alrangement incl. stern door, hatch arrangement, lifting table and movable bulwarks Final system drawings for all systems Final accommodation plans including colour scheme, lists of furniture, fabrics, light armatures, bulkhead and ceiling surfaces, floor covering, etc.

0890 Technical Meetings The technical rneetings between the Owner and the Builder regarding the details of the building have been mostly held on the Builder's premises. Minutes of these meetings have been prepared in English by the Builder and under previous agreement, in some cases, by the Owner. Minutes of meetings in almost all cases have been approved by both parties: Owner
and Yard.

0900 Scale Models and Photographs 0910 Scale models One reasonably detailed scale model of the Vessel in scale 1:75 has been delivered in
showcase.

0920 Progress Photographs

An album with photographs and a CD rn'ith the pictures in electronic fornat have
prepared for the Owner.

been

0930 Air Photographs

Air

photographs of the finished vessel

in service have been taken in high quality with

professional digital camera for poster-size blow-ups.

0940 Docking Plans

100 docking plans in ,A.3 format with all relevant information have been delivered built documentation package.
as part

of as

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 35 of 179

l OOO CARGO HANDLING

1100 Gargo Hold and Oil Containment Booms For handling of oil boom and working boat - see section 3330- the following equipments have been supplied and installed by SP Consultores: I off aft gate uppermost openingr comprising by main section plus two off hinged arms fitted to the hull structure. The main section dimensions 3.9m high by 4.4 m wide. The security of the gate in closing position is via hydraulic pistons. Two off sliding hatch covers, one superposed, covering the oil boom and lifting platform well. The lower hatch is weather tight, upper one is designed and built to support a load equal to a weight of working boat maker NORSAFE type Magnum 750LC, with maximum weight of 3020kg without crew.
Main dimension of each hatch cover panel:

Length Beam
follou,s:

5rn

4m
s/1a,

For displacenrent of hatches electric nrotors

gesr boxes etc. have been supplied by Ferri as

- lx Electric nrotor. - I x Electric cabinet with starter. - lx Control panel plate rryith 2 pushbuttons
deck control stand. lx Reduction gear.

(and an emergency stop) is integrated on

2x Shafts fronr reductioll gear to the piniorrs. 2x Pinions. 2x Wheels with pinions and regulations shafts (to change fiom the ones supplied by s&P). lx Frame welded to the inside of the lower hatch cover. 2x Racks bolted to the rail welded to hatch coaming 2x Bushings for the lateral shaft output of the hatch cover (regulated distance)
1x electric hose chain guide.

Description of function: The electric motor-reduction would be fitted in the inside of the lower hatch cover. Its height is not bigger than the own hatch (500mm). The frame welded to the hatch cover. This frame is where the motor-reduction is bolted. Also a lighter frame is covering and protecting the shafts (+-2m long) from the inside of the rooln. Power (5kw) and reduction were selected to move both covers up to 1Om/nlin against a 15o max static trim (TBC). The rack (M5 - 30x30) would be laterally bolted to the rail. There would be 2x3 pieces of the rack that goes up and down with the rail in the wheel stowing positions. Traction would be only in one of the "axes" (the bow one). and the shafts coming out of the same reduction gear output would ensure straight working and coordinating traction in both
wheels. System includes regulation system for the distance between wheels and pinions.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 36 of 179

It is to ensure that the vertical nlovement of the hatch covers does not occur while the system is running; and the system can not run if the hatch covers are not in the up position: both
controls are connected/coordinated. System must be used 3 times every 6 months: grease maintenance on the racks and shafts would be needed for its protection against corrosion.

For lifting up the oil booms a hydraulic lifting table has been arranged SWL 500 kN.
The hatches and lifting table are hydraulically driven via aft hydraulic power pack supplied by Rupp Hydema, see HYDRAULIC DECK MACHII,{EHI (Instruction and Service Manual). The upper one of the sliding hatch covers shall be fitted with locking points for a bed that fits the boarding boat.

1210 Deck Crane

One inshore auxiliary crane has been supplied and installed starboard as shown in GA. Plan.

The crane maker TRIPLEX model KN-50/3

technical data as follows:

.016.0117013012A.

Crane scope

of supply and

a) b)

Complete knuckle crane with main boom 7.0 m+ jib 3.0 m. Winch 3.0 tons with 35 m wire and safety hook, max. radious l0 m. Arrangement for 6t lifting capacity on double wire on max radius 6.0 m. Including all required blocks.

c)

Manual control from platform rotating with Crane or loose valve for mounting at
wanted place.

d) Foundation with machined and drilled flange, height up to 2.000 mm. e) Pins. H.P pipes and piston rods in seawater resistant stainless pipe fitting in normal
steel.

0 I ea. Radio remote control with hydraulic valves for deck crane KN-50,
the following main components including:

complete with

-Control valve cabinet with drip proof cover, with el. operated proportional valves with levers for manual (emergency) control. Cabinet to be mounted at desired place. -Control cabinet with built in radio receiver, power supply, relays, etc., for indoor
installation. -Control unit (Radio sender) with belt. -Antenna in waterproof box. -2 ea boxes with proximity switches for slew angle limitation. (to be mounted on crane column). -Bracket for slew limitation. (to be mounted on crane) -Battery charger. -2 ea batteries.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 37 ot 179

g)

The crane is delir,ered shot blasted, hot spay metalized with zinc, prirned an epoxy painted in white colour.

Technical data Lifting capacity winch on l0 m radius Lifting capacity on 6m radius Maxradius3tcapacity Maxradius6tcapacity Min radius hook 3t capacity Minradius6tcapacity

Length jib Foundation height, up to 15.000 Slewing torque Max heel when slewins with max.load I max radius 16o

3.000 kg 6.000 mm (for operation at quay side) 10.000 mm (for operation at sea) 6.000 mm 900 mm 900 mm 3.000 mm 2.000 mm

kp*

Slewing speed Slewing angle Required oil flow at speed 40 m/ min Working pressure Hoisting speed both winches 3 t lifting Hoisting speed 6t lifting capacity Weight approx. excl. fbundation Weight foundation Serial No.

3.0 r/ min

260 "

l25l lmin

capacity

200 bars 0-50 m/ rnin

0-25 m/ min

ca. ca.

5.200 kg 340 kg/m

134

Crane hydraulic power supply is taken from aft hydraulic power pack supplied by Rapp Hydenra, see HYDRAL|UC DECK AACHIMRI'(lnstruction and Service Manual).
2OOO

HULL STRUCTURE

2000 General
201 0

Structural Requirements

The main hull and the superstructure up to and including deck 4 shall be constructed of mild

steel according to drawings worked out by KEH and approved by Class and Owner. The
deckhouse on deck 4, the bridge, the funnel and the antenna platforrn, as well as the elevated deck above the boarding boat recess have been made of aluminium alloy. As built structural drawings and calculations have been delivered to the Owner as part of as built drawings.

2080 Plates and profles

All plates and profiles have been classified in origin and have been freed of any defects
of fabrication and/or manipulation or storage.

EF

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 38 of 179

2100 Materials and Construction Methods

2110 Material Quality

All

materials have been classified in origin and have been freed of any defects of fabrication and/or manipulation or storage.
2120 Deflections
The deflections and residual deformations have been surveyed bv both Owner and Class and found it under the IAMCS limits.

2130 Plate edges

See section 2920.

2140 Welding
Welding booklet has been worked out by KEH and approved by both Owner and Class. Visual inspection has been provided by the Owner at his discretion and non-destructive tests have been provided as per Class requirements.

2150 Burning and Bevelling

All burning

and bevelling have been carried out carefully to ensure proper welding work and

alignment of parts.

NC-burning has been used in general.

2160 Welding and Bending of Explosion Bonded Transition Bars

Explosion bonded profiles have been classified in origin. The welding and bending of such bars have been provided following the best shipbuilding practice and approved by the Owner
and Class.

2170 Access during Construction

Technological openings have not been cut at shell plate or decks in a common practice. When opening was strongly necessary, approval from the Owner and Class if necessary was granted.

2180 Structural Removals All

lugs and other temporary means welded to the structure for use in the processes of assembling and aligning parts have been carefully removed and marks, etc., have been removed by chisel and dressed smooth.

I
I t
I

t
I
21

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 39 of 1 79

90 Structural Testing

t
I t

Radiographic and/or ultrasonic tests of welds have been carried out in compliance with the requirements of the Class and as requested by the Owner's superintendent. Testing of tanks, bulkheads, etc. have been carried out in compliance with the requirements of the Class and the Builder's practices. Hydrostatic tests have been carried out for the tanks designated by the Class by fresh or compressed air in dry-dock as per Class acceptance.

t I
I

2200 Main Structures

The vessel has been constructed in accordance with the approved As-built drawings as enclosed in the delivery As Built documentation section 0470. Deck heights, deck camber and sheer. transverse modules, etc., are as shown on the Measurements Plan, which is part of the design package. In case of discrepancies between the measures of the Measurements Plan and the As-built documentation, the As-built
documentation shall prevail.

I
I

2230 Bulkheads in hull and superstructure

In general, transverse and lorrgitudinal bulkheads in the hull and the superstructure are built plane bulkheads with vertical stiffeners.
as

I t I
I I

2250 Bottom structure

Air

and drain holes have been provided in sufficient number in floors, longitudinal girders and longitudinal fiames. The full bottom structure has been surveyed and approved by Class and

Owner inspections.

2260 Decks

All

I
I

decks except the tank top and small platform desks are generally longitudinally stiffened as far as it was practically possible with transverse girders in line with the web frames at side. Exterior decks with parabolic camber have been transversely stiff-ened. Adequate strengthening approved by Class and Owner superintendent has been provided in way of heavy equipment, cranes, masts, deck machinery, bollards, etc. All weather decks have been fitted rn ith gutter ways and adequate drainage to Owner superintendent sati sfaction.

I I I I
I

Weather decks have as far as practically possible camber as defined

documentation see 0470.

in the As-Built

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 40 of 179

2270 Shell Envelope

The shell envelope is transversely stiffened below deck 3 and in the ice belt. The shell has been specially reinforced in way of large openings, sea chests, propeller bosses and brackets, etc., to satisfaction of the Class and Owner inspections.

Special consideration is given to block pressures when dry-docking to avoid indentation in plates. See Docking Plan No. 000501 Rev. A.

2280 Aluminium Deckhouse

To save weight, the Aluminium deckhouse structure has reduced frame spacing. The scantling and final structural member size is shown in the as-built drawing No.07017.01.2260.01 Rev.E, 2 pages. The forward part of the deckhouse has been specially strengthened to avoid damage by water impact.

2300 Aft ship Structure

2310 Boarding Boat Recess All corners and edges in and in way of the boarding boat recess where the boat may touch have been well rounded and all grounded to Owner's satisfaction.
2340 Rudders and rudder stocks

The Vessel is equipped with two of Becker Marine rudders with the following main
characteristics:
2 Piece

BECKER -rudder, type N-C- 17301320 K

1.73 m

Chord lengtlr Span at leading edge Rudder Area Rudder ansle Distance steering geat deck to cl Rudder torque Rudder weight

3.0 m
5.2 mzl per rudder

2x35o

prop_To

be confirmed not later than week 20 5.4 mto /per rudder

6.9 tons/ per rudder set

-30% balanced rudder blade -supported as spade rudder -rudder stock with liners/ nut -rudder trunk with main bearing/ seal system/ girders -everything ready machined for final installation by welding -Sandblasting and priming -Hydraulic tools -Rudder blades on the bottom plate and starboard upper side: Port rudder no.: RKA A8 ru213 Stbd. rudder no.: RKA 08 14214

. .

I I
I

t
li
201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 41 ot 179

t t I t
t I t t
I
t t t t

-Rudder trunks on the top plate: Port trunk no.: RKA 08 l42ll Stbd. Trunk no.: RKA 08 14212 -Rudder blades:

. .

o .

Port rudder and stock no.: NV RKA 08 288/l Stbd. Rudder and stock no.: NV RKA 08 28812

2400 Engine Room Structure 2410 Main Generator Foundations The diesel engines and the generators shall be resiliently mounted on common frames that shall be bolted to the foundation affanged on tank top. Reinforced tank top plates and strong longitudinal girders and floors have been arranged below these foundations according to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the generator sets. This supporting structure has been srnoothly tapered into the main hull structure, approved by Class and Owner superintendent. 2480 Sea Chests
Sea chests and overboard discharge fittings for cooling water and ballast water have been integrated into the hull structure and constructed of heavy steel plate of 12 ffun, as shown on as-built drawing Shell Expansion No. 07017.01.2270.01 Rev. E. The sea grids are of stainless steel and hinged. Fastenings (bolts, nuts, etc.) are also of
stainless steel and well secured.

2600 Fore ship Structure

2610 Stem, Anchor Pockets and Chain Lockers
Special attention has been paid to the scantlings and construction of the raked stem, in order to avoid damage from heavy sea conditions. The stem and bulbous bow are built up of shaped plates. Frames and girders are placed as perpendicular to the shell plating as it was practicable possible, but in any case the angle between the web of a frame, stringer or girder and a line perpendicular to the shell is larger than 20" . Strong recessed anchor pocket has been ananged on port side. The anchor is flushed with the shell in stowed position. The pocket is built of stainless steel. The bottom plate of the pocket is smoothly transitioned into a reinforced shell plate also in stainless steel where the anchor may touch. See dwg No. 07017.01.2270.01 Shell Expansion. The operation of safety operation with the anchor has been demonstrated during sea trial. The hawse pipe installed is of heavy rolled stainless steel. The pipe position and fitting angle have been selected for easy and ample self-stowing of anchor and to allow the anchor to be released by gravity. The chain locker is circular cylinder and watertight with removable false bottoms of 20 mm perforated hot-galvanized plate located in the centre line as shown on GA plan. Stiffeners of the chain lockers are place on external surface. The plate thickness of the chain lockers is of 12 mm in the bottom part.Mud box is arranged for chain locker.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 42of 179

The locker has sufficient volume to accornmodate one extra chain length and the distance from the top of a self stored chain to the chain wheel on the anchor windlass is sufficient for preventing the chain jumping off the wheel. Scuppers with non return valve are arranged for proper self-drainage from the mud box. Chain is connected to a quick release arrangement accessible from the outside.
Hinged, watertight access hatch cover with strength equivalent to locker structure is arranged on side upper part of the chain locker. Hatch cover has been approved by the Class and positioned by the Owner. Chain pipe of rolled normal steel plate is an'anged in the centre of chain locker. Lower end of pipes is of conical shape and both ends are properly reinforced.

2650 Structure .w.o. Bow and Stern Thrusters

The structure in u,ay of the bow and stem thrusters has been designed and built in such a rA/y that the operation of the thrusters does not cause excessive vibrations and approved by the
Class.

Circular tunnels of heavy thickness are fitted for housing the thrusters and all rvelds in way of the thrusters were of full penetration non-destructive tested. The position of the thrusters has been delivered inclusive in contractual design package documentation and validated by model test and thrusters manufacture inclusive streamlined transition plates inserted in the corners between the tunnels and the shell plate to optin,ize the water flow into and passing the tunnel.

2700 Hull Fittings 2710 Bulwarks Minimum height of bulwark all vessel around is I100 mm above deck or deck covering. Bulwarks have been properly reinforced in way of mooring chocks and similar. The bulwark of the aft deck (deck 3) has been especially reinforced to take the load from the
fender at the gunwale.

2720 Fixed Fenders and Chafing Guards

For the protection of mooring lines, chafing moulding strips of half-round bar or pipe have been fitted on shell, in way of side fairleads and chocks and at deckhouses and coamings as it was requested and approved by the Owner's superintendent. Strong steel fenders as shown in the Midship Section Drawing with internal stiffeners have been fitted on the shell and the transom just below the knuckle line in the shell from the transom to approximately 6 m forward of the point of maximum breadth on the appropriate waterline as shown on the side view of the GA plan. The fenders and the supporting structure are of adequate strength to cope with loads due to docking in heavy weather, and the structure behind the fenders is considered stronger than the fenders and efficiently stiffened to prevent buckling, structure has been inspected by Class and Owner superintendent. The fenders have been protected internally against corrosion using bath of oil. drained after filling, appropriate drainage facilities have been provided all to Owner superintendent satisfaction.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 43 of 179

D-type semi-solid extruded rubber fenders (150 x 150 mm) have been fitted on the Vessel's side forward of the rescue zones in the level of the gunwale and as 3 sloping strips as shown on the side view of the GA. Plan Rev.J to protect the Vessel in case of rubbing against another
vessel.

D-type semi-solid extruded rubber fenders (300 x 300 mm) have been fitted on the Vessel's side and on the transom aft of the rescue zones at the gunwale and deck 3 as shou,n on the side view to protect the Vessel in case of rubbing against another vessel. The fender in deck 3 is vertically in line with the fender at tl-re gunwale. Rubber fenders have been fitted to the hull between flat bars of stainless steel and secured by vertical bolts of stainless steel. Nuts shall be self-locking. The installed layout of fenders, workmanship and material quality have been specially wide inspected by the Owner superintends and approved.

2730 Bilge Keels

Bilge keel is fitted on both sides of the Vessel aft of the stabilizer fins. Location and length are validated by model tests. The bilge keel is constructed of a 300 nrm depth bulb bar welded onto a thick flat-bar that is welded to the shell.

2740 Drain Plugs The drain plug arangement inclusive type and dimension of plugs is shown on dwg no 07017.01.3180.01 as a parf of as-built drawings. Four (4) pcs. of tool for each type of plugs have been delivered to Owner together with the Vessel and stowed in the deck workshop. 2770 Foundations

AII rotating or oscillating machinery and equipment like pumps and compressors have

been

resiliently mounted on foundations constructed with heavy top plates/heavy masses below the shock absorbers to block noise transmission. Shock absorbers and top plates/damping lllasses have been selected from vibration/noise data supplied by each manufacture; in those cases where manufactures did not supply or infonnation u,as not available the input data was taken from standard data base included in the noise and vibration preliminary calculation approved by the Class. In many cases such as GEN-SET, cooling sea and fresh uater pumps as much representatives cases the shocks have been supplied by the manufacture. Coamings are provided around machinery foundations, oil pumps. etc., for collecting oil spillage, etc. Larger areas enclosed by coamings are suitably drained. Foundation drarvings of main machinery are included in the as-built documentation agreed with the Owner and delivered as stipulated with the Vessel.

I I I
li
2910 Corrosion, Prevention and Protection General

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

I I
I t t I
I t I I t t t I I
I I

The general aspects included in this section and referred in Contract Specification No. 04069.4.0510.01 from 2006-10-03 and extended to sections 2920-2960 have been fully
complied inspected and approved by the Owner superintendents and paint manufacture.

2920 Preparation of Surfaces

Shop primer on plates and profiles

The Shop primer application on plates and profiles has been found acceptable for Owner superintendents and paint manufacture, and according to demanding in Contract Specification.

Primary surface preparation, on welds and free plate edges

The surface preparation on welds, surface affected by heat or welds and plate edges has been found acceptable for Owner superintendents and paint manufacture and according to demanding in Contract Specification. Secondary surface preparation of shop primer prior to painting The shop primer on surfaces, which has been prepared for painting as described above under "primary surface preparation", has been found acceptable for Owner superintendents and paint manufacture and according to demanding in Contract Specification.

Stripe coats

All

cut outs, sharp edges, weld seams, etc., have been stripe coated between coats by brush to achieve the full specified dry film thickness.

2930 Painting of Hull The following paint scheme has been previously approved by the Owner and applied also section 2990 for metalizing, above the water line:

see

BOTTOM AND VERTICAL HULL UP TO SUMMER WL INCLUSIVE SEA CHESTS

100 100 100 100 100

TOTALS

Jotamastic 87 gray 38 (A+B) Jotamastic 87 white (A+B)

Epoxi-Mastic Epoxi-Mastic

82 82
3B

200 200
50

Viniguard S/G aluminum

A/F seaqueen classic light red A/F seaqueen dark black

Vinilic Self polished Self polished

47 47

125 125 700

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 45 ot 179

EXPOSED DECKS AND OTHRE EXPOSED STEEL AREAS

100 100 100

TOTALS

Penguard

tie

coat
Epoxi-Mastic Epoxi-Mastic Poliurethane 42 82 64 40

redprimer red (A+B) Jotamastic 87 dris (A+B) Hardtop flexi

200
80 320

EXPOSED DECKS AND OTHRE EXPOSED ALUMINUM AREAS

100 100 100

TOTALS

Jotamastic 87 grey a9 (A+B) Jotamastic 87 grey 38 (A+B)

Hard flexi white

Epoxi-Mastic Epoxi-Mastic Poliurethane

82 82 64

125 125
80 330

ENGINE ROOM D.B, WORKSHOPS DECK, VOID SPACES, STORES AND DECKS BELLOW TECHNICAL FLOORS

100 100 100 100

TOTALS

Jotamastic 87 red a9 (A+B) Jotamastic 87 grey 38 (A+B)

Penguard topcoat green 137 Penguard topcoat green 137

Epoxi-Mastic Epoxi-Mastic Epoxi-polyamid Epoxi-polyamid

82 82 50 50

150 150 50 50 400

SURFACES BELLOW INSULATION

WB TANKS. HEELING T

BILGE WELL, ETC..

100 100

Balloxy HB green (A+B) Balloxy HB green (A+B)

200 200
400

t1

\t

TOTALS One off

coat before each oaint

! ! ! T I
I
I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 46 ot 179

FRESH WATER TANKS

I
I I

00 100
1

Tankguard

41 2

Epoxi solvent-free Epoxi solvent-free

100 100

300 300 600

Tankguard 4'12

TOTALS One off strip coat before each paint layer application

I I I
I

SEWAGE AND DIRTY WATER TANKS

100 100 100

Penguard HB, red Penguard HB, grey Penguard HB, white

Epoxi-Mastic Epoxi-Mastic Epoxi-Mastic

54 54

100 100 100

54

TOTALS

300

E I
I I

The colours code applied is included in as built dttg.

I\o 002930.

t
I

Painting of Pipes
Pipes galvanized:

I
I I I

lxwashprimer I x finish coat as surroundinss

Pipes non-galv anized: As surroundings

tI F
E

2960 Cathodic Protection The cathodic protection arrangement inclusive type, quantity and weight of Al. anodes shorvn on dwg No. I 1302 Cathodic Protection Plan Rev.A. The cathodic protection has been designed for two years of inter-docking period. 2970 Cementing - apaft from underlay for tiling
IS

I
I I I

Cenrent

has not been generally used.

2980 Galvanizing

T T
I

Generally, hot-dip galvanizing of about 60 p applies to the following: Grids and gratings Outside ladders Fittings for life buoys, blocks, flag staff, etc. Steel shelves in the deck stores, workshops and lockers for the cargo gear.

I
I

1-

I E
t-

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 47 of 179

Tank vents Ballast pipes

Sounding pipes Drainage pipes

Damaged galvanized parts damaged b1' rvelding, etc., have been coated out by two layer of zinc rich paint.

2990 Metalizing
external parts of the steel hull above the water line have been metalized by 75 V of thermal spray coating with zinclaluminium alloy wire. All damages due to remedial works or late welding surfaces have been repaired using the same hot zinc spraying method or equivalent solution recommended by paint manufacture and accepted by the Owner superintendent.
3OOO

All

OUTFIT AND EQUIPMENT

3000 Markings and Identification 3010 Watertight Boundaries, Tanks and Web Frames The following items have been marked on the hull by welding beads:

Waterline Watertight bulkheads Corners of tanks Tank identification near all drain plugs and manholes Web fiame numbers throughout the entire lensth are marked on the exterior of the shell

along the keel

3020 Draft, Loadline and Tonnage mark

Draft, loadline and tonnage marks are cut in 5 mm plate and continuously welded to shell plating: - Draft marks aft, midship, fore - Freeboard mark.

Thrusters marks

Helicopter winch area has been painted as per Owner design on the aft platform and approved by
the Owner.

3030 Name, Port of Registry and IMO Number

Name, port of registry and IMO number are cut in 6 mm plate and continuously shell plating. Design, size and position have been submitted and approved by the Owner.

*ll

to

3040 Bow and Funnel Mark

"Funnel marks" with the Owner's logo in aluminium plating are bolted to the screens above deck 4 aft of the wheel house with a distance of approximately 20 mm to the screens. Design

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 48 of 179

and size have been supplied b1, the Owner and fabrication and installation approved by
Owner.

3070 Name Plates

Engraved plastic nameplates are fitted throughout on or above doors to each compartment. Exposed name plates are of non-corrosive metal. Translation into Danish has been provided by the Owner superintendent and attachment position and rnethod of all nameplates have been approved by the Owner.

3080 Label Plates

Air

caps,

filling and sounding pipes have

been marked

with tank identification and content,

and these were approved by Owner superintendent. Label plates are of engraved metal type.

3100 Closures and Access

3105 Hinges of Doors and Hatches

Axles, bolts. nuts, washers. hinges and cylinders of all doors and hatches are of stainless steel. Bushings are of bronze rvith easy accessible grease nipples if any. Self-lubricating brushes of nylon are used according manufacture standards and have been approved by the Owner.
31

10 Manhole with Covers

Manholes on tank top and insulated tank bulkheads are fitted according to Builder's standard, clear width: 600 x 400 ffiffi, fitted with l00mm coarning. Manholes on other tank bulkheads are fitted according to Builder's standard, clear width: 600 x 400 mm of surf'ace type. Manholes in gangways, passageways and working places are fitted with flush covers according to Builder's standard. clear width: 600 x 400 mm.

As far it was possible at all tanks, one manhole at each end has been arranged. The manhole plarr has been approved by the Owner. The manhole plan l/o 07017.01.3110.01. has been delivered as a part of as-built documentation. Vertical manholes are provided with grip handles and/or steps to allow easy access. Covers
shall be side-hinged. All manhole covers have been supplied with a label specifying the belonging. The labels have been made by welding. Flush covers have recessed grip handles. Watertight and oil tight covers are packed with oil resistant rubber gasket according to

Builder's standard.

All

manhole arrangement, workmanship inspection and testing have been approved by Class when necessary and in all cases by the Owner.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 49 of 179

3120 Small Service Hatches

All

service doors and small hatches are single-handed operated. Horizontal escape hatches are installed with gas cylinders all approved by DMA. Handles are operated from both sides, and stainless steel has been used for handles, hinges, etc. Handgrips have been fitted at all hatches as necessary to Owner approval. All piping, cabling,, etc., as far it was possible, was routed clear of hatch openings in order to avoid being used as handholds or slinging points; cable and piping way through out the vessel lras been approved before trial by the Owner superintendents.

3130 Exterior Access Doors

All

exterior watertight and spraytight doors are of composite/GRP sandwich construction (thennal insulated) or aluminium with well rounded corners of doors and clear openings. Doors have been supplied by LIBRA c/w type approval certificate to be used in different
areas.

Access Door Exterior Plan No.07017.01.3130.01 is a part of the As-built documentation package received and accepted by the Owner at Vessel delivery.

3140 Watertight Doors

The following WT doors have been supplied and installed:

One off electric WT sliding door maker SCHOENROCK HYDRALTLIK MARINESYSTEMS GMBH

Serial No WT.l03

Item

Yard
No.

t.
Door

)
Location / Frame

3.

4.

f,.

6.

Opening

Height

width
Light
Opening

Water
Pressure

I Door Type

Direction Left
Right

Light
Opening

SiII
1800mm
65Omm

Low Sill X

c242

Frame 83

<l0m

Two of hydraulic operated sliding door maker

GMBH.
1.

SCHOENROCK HYDRAULIK MARINESYSTEMS

)
Location / Frame

3.

4.

f,.

6.

Item

Yard
No.

Door

Opening

Height

Direction

Light
Opening

width Light
Opening

Water
Pressure

Door Type

Left
I 2

Right
180Omm 65Omm 65Omm

siil
1800mm

Low Sill
X X

c242

Frame

13

X
X

c242

Frame 63

<10m <10m

Door Elements The doors blade and doorframes are designed in welded steel construction made of milled steel with certificate of classification society (delivered to the Owner).

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 50 of 179

The water tightness between the door blade and the door frame will be achieved by means of milled and polished steel in combination with a rubber o-ring. The door blade will be pressed electrically (hydraulically) to the doorframe by means of a number of wedges, fixed to the doorframe. The door is guided means of by wheels and a rail.

Control Lever at the Doors

The control lever can be operated manually from eaclr side of the bulkhead. The lever is spring loaded and returns into neutral position when released.

If

the door has been closed remotely from the bridge panel (master switch in "DOOR CLOSING" mode) the door can be opened locally by means of levers. After releasing the
lever, the door

will close again automatically.

The door can be kept close or open or in mid-position by means of local control when at bridge panel the main switch is switched into ,,LOCAL OPERATION". The closing/opening time can be adjusted, but the doors at Vessel delivery have been adjusted according to SOLAS, max. : 60 secs.
Local Emersency Operation

In

case of power failure, the door can be opened/closed locally by nreans of a generator (manual hydraulic motor) with a turning shaft at each side of door. The output of the generator or manual hydraulic pumps is sufficient to close a door within t: 90 seconds. Doors should be connected to elnergency power source, 24V,DC.

Alarrn at Door

During moving of door an acoustic alarm as well as a flashlight will indicate the closing of door. The alarm bell will be operated for about 5- 10 seconds before doors start to close and continue until the limit switch. operated by closed door, switches off this alarm. Another limit switch indicates the opened position of doors.
Bridee Panel The mimic panel contains all necessary components to control the doors and to shou, stage (open/close) of all three off winel WT hatches. The panel has a master switch for closing of all doors simultaneously, a dimmer for adjusting the intensity of the lights, a lamp test button, an acoustic alarm, and a reset alarm push button. Each door at the panel gets an optical indication for the closed position (green light), for the open position (red light) and for electrical failures (yellow lighQ. The yellow failure indication light is illuminated only when failure of an electric door occurs During remote closing of doors the red indication light is flashing. All the lights can be dimmed. By failure, all the indicators will illuminate with full power and the acoustic alarm will sound until the failure is acknowledge. With an additional push-button all indication lights can be tested for function. The nlimic panel has been delivered loose and future integrated in bridge main fwd. console

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 51 of 179

port side. Control Cabinet in the Emereenc)' Station Each door is controlled and monitored by means of an electrical circuit board. The circuit board is located in a control cabinet. The cabinet will be located above the final waterline in the emergency station. All interfaces to other systems will be done from the control cabinet. The power supply for the control cabinet: 3 x 400V1'50H2, the tolerance on the voltage is +20

t-30%. WT Doors installation and operation have been tested and approved by the Class during
docking/sea trials.

3160 Port-holes and Windows

Window port hole Plan has been approved by the Owner and delivery as a part of as-built documentation package: arrangement of u,indows and portholes Plan No.07017.01.3160.01
Rev.B. The windows, inclusive wheelhouse window, have been delivered by CC Jensen. The wheelhouse window aruangement complies with ISO 8468 (Ship's Bridge layout and associated equipment, requirement and guidelines). All rvindela, glasses comply with British Standard and ISO 614.

The Owner requested the pofthole deadlights to be supplied of plexiglas, the porthole dead lights have been tested to prove the fulfilment with the ISO I75l as a porthole type B. Nevertheless, DMA requested to include in the Memo to Owner, attached to Class Certificate by letter of 2410712008, a note regardirrg annual survey and replacement of the plexiglas within a max. of ten years. The Owner was inforrned and accepted without reserves the request. Portholes are of fixed type with exception of the aft-facing porthole in the engine control room which is of open-able type.

Windows and portholes have been fitted with curlains, according to Owner indication.
section 4000.

See

A defrosting system with hot air nozzles has been provided for all wheelhouse windows. Electric heating and straight-line window wipers have been supplied for selected by the Owner bridge windows in way of coming positions. A cleaning system with tempered,
pressurized water and compressed air has been arranged for the wheelhouse. The location of window on the aft Engine Room bulkhead has not been approved by the Class but accepted by DMA on basis of inclusion of A60 insulation of the stair trunk access to E.R. Nevertheless, DNV is to include a note on the Memo to Owner for statement on future inspections. The Owner has been informed and accepted it without reserves.

3200 Mooring Equipment

3210 Mooring Arrangement - General The Anclror and mooring arrangement have been delivered as

a part of

as-built

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 52of 179

documentation, Plan: Anchor and Mooring Arrangement No. 07017 .01.3160.01

3220 Anchor Windlasses and Chain Stoppers

One off horizontal anchor winch maker Rapp Hydema model AW-28 serial No 6234 has been supplied and installed on suitable and approved by the Owner and Class foundation. The anchor windlass and stopper is classified by DNV and certificates have been handled over to Owner.

Anchor Windlass: Dimensional Sketch

Classification Chain dimension Chain lifter Position of chain entrance Brake type

RH-308497 (lef hand version) DNV approval and certification 28mm chain grade U3 I declutchable with manual operating coupling. Over wound Band brake. With holding force of 45oA of chain braking
strength

system Weight approx. Hydraulic motor

Brake control

Manual hand operated l200kg 4.57llrev

Control system Type hydraulic system Main Control

(AuX) Hydraulic for anchor winch (LR) control valves for local and remote control of

haul inlpay out is included. (remote control is hydraulic operated

from fixed control leaver on port side and remote control

leaver.

valves Valves for open loop system with constant oil flow. Main control location Control valve to be supplied mounted on the winch I step 100% displacement Speed steps
Spool type of main Winch performilnce

pressure 130 bars Power requirement 12 kW 4.4 tons / l0m/min Chain lifter dia. 365mm
Cross port

Oil flow

45llmin

One off chain stopper manually operated and designed to withstand 0.8 times the breaking strength of the chain cable maker Rapp Hydema type NP2 approved and certified by DNV has been supplied and installed for chain of 28mm grade U3. Dimensional sketch ll-02-314.

3230 Mooring Winches on Forecastle Deck

Two off Rapp Hydema mooring winches type GW-6808, serial 1,1o.6235 and ,A/o. 6236 one right and one left hand are supplied and installed forward. 324mnldia.1050mmx400mm Storage drum dimensions l60m of 40mm dia. Rope at OD:924mm Storage Capacity Over wound Position of rope entrance Brake type/cap. for mooring Band brakelcapacity of 8.0t on first layer at fail safe operation (on spring package)

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 53 of 179

Weight approx. Hydraulic Motors Control System Type Hydraulic System Main Control
Spool type of main valve Main control location Tension control
Speed

1200kg

2.27 l/rev.

(AUX) Hydraulics for auxiliary winches OR) Cor,trol valves for local and remote control

is

hydraulic operated from fixed control leaver on port and starboard side. (ST) Valves for open loop system with constant oil flow Control valve is mounted on the winch

steps

N/A
(SP) 1 steep- 100% displacement

Winch performnce Oil Flow Cross port pressure Power requirement

45llmin
180 bars

First Half

l8 kW
3.2 tonsl2}mlmin
I .7 tons/38m/min

Layer

diam. 364mrn

length

diam. 684mm

Layer I .3 tons/5lm/nrin Top diam. 924mm The windlass and mooring winches are driven by hydraulic power pack drive system arranged on forward store starboard.
The hydraulic drive system comprises:

off

2 off 2 off

I off I off

I off I off I off I

set

Elec. Hydraulic pump units 18kW/3x400v/50hzl1480rpm/1P54; 36-40% load rating, included single fixed hydraulic pump Soft starter cabinet for l SkW electric motors Mounting set for hydraulic pumps comprising of hydraulic flanges, o-rings, bolts, hydraulic hoses and relief valves Oil reservoir of 200 | Mounting set for oil tank such as required gate valves, breathing filter, oil level glasses and oil level switch Pressure line filters for main pumps Return line/drain line filter Oil cooler of 7kW at cooling water temp. of 36"C. The cooler is connected to central cooling system Pressure gauges, pressure, servo and drain line

The po\ /er packs have parts and components classified by DNV as required for full
classification of anchor svstem.

033-ES-080-D300-CL Dimensional drawing 24.5kN Nominal traction force Hexagonal base of hot galvanized steel. 31400V l50Hz;7.5 kW Electric motor ABB

Aft two off verticu, rnoo.,ng electric warping heads are installed: one PS and one SB with the following characteri stics :

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 54 of 179

Warping head

dia. 300mm fabricated of Aluminium allov

3240 Anchors and Anchor Chains

The following supply has been delivered and installed by the Yard and surveyed, and approved by both Owner and DNV. The exception to have only one anchor line was granted by letter of 1810412007 from DNV, based on the wording in the Rules Pt3 Chl Sec3 A300.

off

I off
6
1

off off off

Anchor pool type TW of 970 kg, hot galvanized according to d*g. 2-290C from Ship's Equipment Centre Classified by DNV Swivel "A" type designed to connect directly to the anchor diam. 28mm U3 grade hot galvanized Stud ling anchor chain lengths of 27 .5 m each diam. 28mm with common links U3
grade hot galvanized

Stud ling anchor chain length of 27 .5 m diam. 28mm, with enlarged links and end link U3 grade hot galvanized Joining Shackle type Kenter hot galvanized

3260 Towing Equipment

The towing amangement and emergency towing booklet P0522Cl 15 have been delivered part of as-built documentation. See also 0642.
as

The towing winches maximum fail safe break force have been calibrated to release when the pull is reached 496kN the winch model TOW-4004 and 314kN winch TOW 2501.
Port a Rapp Hydema maker model TOW-4004 has been installed.

Version Classification

Dimensional

sketch

Towing drum dimensions Wire capacity

Wire Level wind

Position of level Brake

type

wind

RH 3 12044 Winch No. 6237 Horizontal and Left hand model Max spooling angle 6 degree The winch has been designed, tested and surveyed according to DNV Class requirements. On board test have been provided under DNV survey according to DMA technical Reg. 5 Dia.470mm./dia. 1490 mm x 610 mm 500 m 26 mm dia. wire at OD:964 mm.+ 100 M fore runner (50mm) at OD:l380mm 500m of 26mm diam. wire winde{on -winch Automatic synchronized for 26mm wire Under wound Hydraulic actuated, spring operated single band brake with manual adjustment. Brake function to be positive in order to

obtain maximum brake force during towing. The

brake

(AP) Automatic parking brake Brake Control system Maximum fail safe brake Brake holding force is on "fuil safe" 496kN at first wire layer Dia. 500 mm torque 124 kNm

lffi ilLn',J:',:"0:, jXTrJ'l|J'ffi l' ?l'J;-l,

;*:'

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paqe 55 of 179

Weight Winch perforntnce Drive unit Total Displacement Main Control for towins
Emergency release
Speed steps

Approx. 4600 kg ex wire

Model WDU-40028 I 1.30 llrev. (ERL) control of haul inlpay out is electric remote controlled from wheelhouse and local controlled from winch Electric remote controlled from wheelhouse and local controlled from winch 2 steps-100% and 50% displacement. The speed step is electric remote controlled fiom the wheelhouse control panel
2061

Oil flow

Pull u cross nominal

pressure First layer Half layer Top layer Max. (25%overload) Max test pressure

Cross port pressure

Nominal 185 bars.

12.4t af 2Tntlntin 6.3t at 54mlmin; shooting speed l40m/min 5.8 t at 58nr/min 2.9t at I l6mlmin; shooting speed 302mlmin

4.5 t at TSmlmin 2.2t at l50rn/min; shooting speed 390m/min 232bars Max, pull reached 15.3 tons 260 bars

Starboard a Rapp Hydema maker rnodel TOW-2501 towing winch has been installed.

Dimensional sketclr Version

Classification

Towing drum dimensions Wire capacity Wire Level wind Position of level wind Brake type

Brake Control svstem

Maximum
torque

fail

safe

brake

arrangement will be fitted with tension bolt, in order to measure the tensio1 sffis-when towing with engaged brake. (AP) Autonratic parking brake. Brake holding force is on 'fail safe" 3I4kN at first wire layer Dia. 358 mm. 56 kNm

obtain maximum brake force during towing. The

RH 208 401 Winch No. 6238 Horizontal and Left hand model Max spooling angle 6 degree The winch has been designed. tested and surveyed u.roiding to DNV class requirements. on board test has been provide under DNV survey according to DMA technical Reg. 5 Dia.298mm./dia. 1100 mm x 370 mm 420 m 16 mm dia. wir-e at OD:9 49 mm 420nt of l6mnr diam. wire winded on winch Automatic synchronized for 26mm wire Under wound Hydraulic actuated, spring operated single band brake with manual adjustment. Brake function to be positive in order to
brake

Weight Winch performnce Drive unit Total Displacement Main Control for torn'ins

Approx. 3200 kg ex wire

Model WDU-40028 5 l/rev. (ERL) control of haul inlpay out is electric remote controlled fi'om q'heelhouse and local controlled fro'l winch.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paoe 56 of 179

Emergency release

E,lectric retnote controlled from wheelhouse and local controlled from winch" inclusive transfer of responsibilitY
from bridge. I steps - 100% displacement. The speed is electric remote controlled from the Wheelhouse control panel' (ER) Self tensioning to be controlled from wheelhouse panel trough button and adjustment via pot meter'
2061

Speed steps

Self tensioning

Oil flow

Pull at cross nominal pressure First layer Top layer 420m wire Top layer fore runner Max. (25% overload) Max test pressure

Cross port pressure

Nominal I 85 bars.

3l4mm

dia. 8.7 at.3gmimin

666mm dia. 4.1 t at 948mm dia. 2.9 t 232bars Max, Pull reached 9.5 tons 260 bars

83m/min atTlmlmin

shooting speed 89m/min shooting speed l88m/min shooting speed 268mlmin

hatches and aft gate One off complete hydraulic drive system for aft towing, mooring capstans has been supplied and installed.

I off

Elec. Hydraulic pump unit 55kW/3x400v/50hzll480rpm/IP54

36-40% load

I
1

off off

I off I off

ofT 2 off
1

rating, included single fixed hydraulic pump' Elec. Hydraulic pump unit 30kW/3x400v/50hzl1480rpmllP54; 36-40% load rating, included single fixed hydraulic pump' Soft starter cabinet for 55kW electric motor. Soft starter cabinet for 30kW electric motor. Elec. Hydraulic pump unit 22kW l3x400v/50hzll480rpm/1P54; 36-40% load rating, included single fixed hydraulic pump' Soft starter cabinet for 22kW electric motor. bolts, Mounting set for hydraulic pumps comprisirrg of hydraulic flanges' o-ritrgs, hydraulic hoses and relief valves' Oil reservoir of 600 l. oil level Mounting set for oil tank such as required gate valves, breathing filter, glasses and oil level switch. Pressure line filters for main pumps Return line/drain line filter' oil coole r of 22kw at cooling water temp. of 36"C. The cooler is connected to
central cooling sYstem.
Pressure gauges, pressure, servo and drain l.

I off I off
I off I off I off
1

set

and the second one to The two hydraulic oil filters CJC are installed; one to serve forward serve the aft power Packs. 2 u. CJC HDU 15125 PV inclusive 2 x Filtering element 15125

im

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

Manometer and indication for element changing

Elecfric remote control

for

Wheelhouse

I ea. Remote control panel acc. dimensional sketch RH 308395 for the two Towing winches to be installed in the aft wheelhouse with the followins functions: Haul in/Pay out of the winch Emergency stop Emergency release (brake release) of the Towing winches Tension control Working pressure gauge Low-high speed selection for winch TOW-4004
Length and measuring system rnodel PTS Pentagon R2 for the towing winches TOW -4004 and TOW -2501 comprising:

The PTS-Pentagon R 2 system will monitor speed, line pull, pressure and wire length for each winch, only one winch ut he lime. Output of NMEA signals for length, tension and speed will also be available. Logging of each sequence according to user's specification can be integrated in the system.
Required hardware comprises:

2 off Control/display panel with touch screen solution.

One remote electric start stop control panel according to dimensional sketch RH 307855 for installed power parks is installed in the Wheelhouse aft console with the following functions: Start stop of the Power Packs Alann for low oil level Alarm for high temperature Interface to show all alarms and parameters on common IAMS has been provided.

Two of roller f'airlead for the towing lines have been fltted in the transom close to

the

boarding boat recess as fbr as possible, as shown on the towing arrangement. Two wire guides have been arranged for the PS torrying winch between tlre winch and the transom. The min. SWL of all towing fairleads and cable guides is 550kN. Rollers fairleads have been supplied by Talf eres Rouco according to dimensional dwg. No. 080-3-004-02-8-FO4-CL-B Rev.2.

3270 Mooring Lines

8 u.

\-=\

off closed fairleads NS 2589 (300 x 250) 2 u. bulkward fairleads SA{AE 62132 No Guide 067 (250 x 160) I u. Bulkward fairlead SNAE 62132 N" GUIA 140 (320 x 200) 3280 Minor Mooring Equipment - One (l ) basket for hawsers has been fitted

as per Owner instructions. One (l ) basket for hawsers has been fitted forward on place approved by the Owner.

-T

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 58 of 179

3300 Lifesaving Equipment 3310 Life Saving Arrangement

The arrangement of liferafts, MOB boat and other life-saving appliances is in accordance with rules and regulations for Vessels of this type and has been approved by DNV and DMA. Arrangement of all lif-e saving equipment is shown on Live Saving Arrangement Plan No. 0701 7 .01 .3310.01 Rev.C.

3320 Life rafts

2 off life rafts self inflating VIKING maker model 16DK+ for max. of l6

people have been fitted on Shelter deck aft and just forward of helicopter platfbrm port and starboard. The life rafts are stowed in plastic containers c/w hydrostatic relive, heavy line and embarkation leader. The life raft is equipped with emergency kit "SOLAS A" EU type approved certificate c/w wheel mark.

3330 Boarding Boat

The boarding boat, a Norsafe Magnum 750, was Owner's supply, but the Builder installed the boat in the recess and tested the proper functioning of the catch and recovery system with the boat during sea trials, which has been approved by Ou,ner and DNV as a cargo lifting appliance on behalf of DMA.

Industrias Ferri has designed the equipment with a front "catching "U" gallow fitted af slinding dock c/w spring to avoid boat f'all due to the Vessel pitch and roll, see dwg. No. 2503.000.3100-B. on the working boat catching horn forward it arranged, for the release the working boat at the docking station is to move down then fiom control station of the boat. using a rope the horn reliese the "U" gallow. The inercy of the boat would be fixed in the catch/release mechanism either with the boat coming up in contact with the keel rollers, or even with the boat "afloat" over the wave. and rvould come in the vessel with a veftical angle of l5o against the plane of the rollers. The catching horn fitting to the boat has been approved
by Norsafb.

The boat is fitted on stowing possition via tu,o of hydraulic pistons integrated in tlre "lJ" gallow. Once the boat is catched and the dock is in upermost possition. the piston is retraining and pushing the boat into the fiont fenders, and the side spring rubber f-enders keep the boat in vertical possition. The sliding dock is designed and constructed fbr light u,eight and corrosion resistant. The upper side of the dock is a non-skid deck to be used as path to the boat. The inside lateral faces where the boat can hit against in the above described position, are soft cushioned rollers (diameter l40mm or more), for the boat to be well guided until it is catched in the release mechanism. See d*g.No. 2503-0000-0300. A lateral structural l20mm "tJ" is welded at both sides to the vessel hole. as rails for the dock. Both 5m long. aprox. A couple of pneurnatic cylinders (2.600mm st+oke. 50mm rod diameter. and l60mm piston dianreter) are fitted fbr the sliding of the dock up and down. The piston upside canlera is to

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 59 of 179

open its valve at low pressure (variable), therefore the hit of the boat in the recovery will be cushioned as the dock will move up. The cylinders are using the vessel air supply with a pressure from 6 fo 7'5 bar. The air is filtered and lubricated, and with flow enough for a rise up of the dock in less than 5 sec. Air reaches electric valve and cylinders through a 32mm pipe.

The control of these cylinders, and therefore the movement of the dock is controlled with a distributor valve at both control stands: Control stand on the sliding dock is operated by the crew from the boat, and with 3 pushbuttons 32mm diameter for the control of "RAISE", "LO'WER" and "RELEASE". A wire with a winding drum provides the release system from electricity for the release system. Control stand at the vessel deck will include this 3 pushbuttons and other two for "OPEN SLIDING HATCH" and "CLOSE SLIDING HATCH". The control stand at the vessel's deck is not included in the scope, because these controls will be fitted by the Shipyard together with the sliding hatch covers and the container lift controls. The distributor control valve and pushbuttons will be delivered gathered in a plate for the Shipyard to integrate it at the existing stand on deck. Electrical power for pre-heating of the engine and charging of batteries is supplied from the mother vessel. The boat is equipped with a spare battery solely for emergency engine start. Filling line and filling tube for bunkering the diesel tank of the boarding boat from the Vessel's MGO tanks is arransed.

3340 MOB Rescue Boat MOB boat is arranged port at shelter deck aft of superstucture. The boat is Norsafe maker model 4.50m "matrix" Rescue boat according to Technical Specification No. TEK-I40
Dimensions Capacity Davit load Hook Engine Equipment Not included Regulation Certificate

LOA 4.50 x BOA 1.93 x H 1.75 m.

6 persons. 900 kgs.

3-point lifting sling. l5 HP outboard engine. Fixed and loose equipment according to Regulations. Radio equipment and survival suits.

soLAS

1983196.

EC Marking acc. to The European Com. (EC) Marine Equipment Directive (MED 96(98)EC).

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Dimensions Length overall
Beam

4.50m
1.96m 1.86m

Height Height, keel to lifting point

1.75m

Boat Data

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 60 of 179

persons Weight, boat with Davit load, with 6

equipment 450 kg persons 900 kg 3-point lifting sling Lifting arrangement 15 Hp outboard engine Standard propulsion Orange (RAL 2004) Colour
Minimum 6 knots
4 hours at 6 knots

Capacity,

maximum

Operational Performance Speed, approx. with 6 persons Endurance, fully loaded

MATERIALS
Hull and deck
Buoyancy material Deck fittings Painter release

Fire retardant glassfibre reinforced polyester (GP)

Polyurethane foam Galvanized steel and stainless steel Galvanized steel

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Rescue boat designed and manufactured according to latest SOLAS, Classification Society and Danish National Maritime Authority requirements.

The rescue boat has excellent reliability, manoeuvrability, and seakeeping abilities in order to fulfil its prime function - to provide effective means of search and recovery for people missing at sea. Design and construction fulfil the need for reliable, low maintenance standby and operation.
The layout and performance of the boat allow it to perform other roles including, dive support, inspection, survey and work boat duties.

HULL AND DECK

The rescue boat is fabricated in fire retardant glassfibre reinforced polyester (GRP). The hull is a planning, deep-V type with transom, giving optimum seakeeping ability at all speeds in all sea conditions.

The space between hull and inner liner is filled with polyurethane buoyancy foam. If damaged below the waterline, the boat will float at safe level in fully flooded and loaded
condition. The boat is self-bailing through a drainage outlet at the stern. The deck has an anti-slip surface. Lifelines are fitted on the gunwale.

LIFTING ARRANGEMENT
Lifting is by a 3-point lifting sling with ring for connection to davit hook.

I ! I/ ./
I I a

pRoPULSToNSYSTEM

-t

features:

"

r"r.* ,*t

tt.*

with an SOLAS approved outboard engrne wlth the followrng

t I I I t I I I I I
I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 61 of 179

. . .

Fuel capaciqv sufficient for 4 hours operation Propeller protection guard Dead man switch to shut down enqine in case driver is removed from seat

DECK FITTINGS
The boat has been designed to provide a protected and safe working environment for the crew, engine and equipment. It has the following features:

. . . . . .

Equipment box with watertight hatch On load painter release hook Towing/mooring attachment mounted at each aft corner Secure grab handles throughout the boat Sprayhood to protect persons on deck Bench seats

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Electrical equipment consists of:

. .

Searchlight with battery power Navigation light, powered from engine take

off

CAPSIZE EQUIPMENT
In the event of capsize, the engine is automatically shut off. The boat can be returned to the upright position by 2 people according to the resulations. A rear mounted GRP frame is fitted to aid rishting of the boat.

l I I I t t t I

One off radial david for rescue boat Ferri make Serie 1872 TN 0039, according to dwg. No.45142 andtechnical specification ETE. 187251010. The SWL I100 kg, the overtaken is 3.5 m and turning angle of 95o via manual hydraulic pump. The david is equiped with electric winch serie 1702 TN 0095 IP 56 for controling pay out and hauling the boat at speed of l8m/min. The david complied with EU directive 2002175lCE, SOLAS, consolidated edition 2001 and ammendments OMI MSC 81(70) and OMI MSC 54 (66).

One off quick releave hook Ferri make, model 5-1448 SWL 2500 kg c/w conformity certificate "EC" according to EU directive 2002175lCF,.

3370 Lifejackets, Lifebuoys and Survival Suits The stowing position of lifejackets, lifebuoys and survival suits is shown on Life Saving Arrangement Plan No. 07017 .01.33 10.01 Rev.C.
15 off lifejackets Viking mod. PV93308, buoyancy force of 180N equipped with light and whistle are stowed on weather resistance container of GRP located on main deck just beside aft of accommodation entrance, sizes of 2180x690x780mm; the cover is designed for using as a seat c/w back rest. The lifejackets have two buoyancy chambers: one can be inflatable

t t t t I I t I t
l

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 62ot 179

automatically or manually andlor by blowing, the second chamber can only be inflatable manually andlor by blowing.

2 off children lifejackets Viking PV93112007 ciw whistle and automatic light Dianamant wl.
15 off Immersion suits Viking PS 5002 have been supplied and stowed as show on Life Saving Arrangement Plan No. 07017 .01.3310.01 Rev.C.
The following lifebuoys have been supplied, and their position and type have been approved by Owner and Class. 2 off lifebuoys model Eval 542,2.5kg,75cm c/w heavy line of 30m, SOLAS approved. Ref: 1009258 and I 022628. 4 off lifebuoys model Eval 542,2.5 Kg, 75cm c/w automatic lights, SOLAS approved. Ref: 1009258,1017966 2 off lifebuoys model Eval 558,4.1 Kg, 75 cm, suitable MOB c/w smoke signal and automatic lights. All lifejackets, lifeboat and immersion suits are to have the name of the Vessel and home port.

3380 Rescue Zones

Rescue zones consisting of platforms of approximately I m in depth in the level of the top of the fender (approximately I m above the water line) are arranged in each side on the aft deck just aft of the superstructure. Access stairs and hand grips are arranged from the deck level to the platforms. Hand grips / fastenings for safety hamesses have been arranged in the rescue recesses according to safety regulation and approved by DMA. Recesses of approximately 150 mm in depth arranged in the ship's side aft of the rescue zones so that the bulwarks (sliding doors) in way of the rescue zones can slide aft wards. The bulwarks shall be suspended between two rails a bottom rail on the rescue zone deck and a top rail below deck 4. The bottom rail is smooth without sharp edges, and it must not block water drainage from the rescue zone deck. The sliding doors c/w all fitting. etc., are slrown on

I l I I I I
r t
ts I

t
I
I
-l

d*g. No. 040301. A manually operated hot galvanized steel grit frame is arranged above the rescue recesses,, so that the deck is flushed when the rescue zones are not in use, still allowing water to drain from the deck through the recesses and drain from the recess via freeing port arranged on the sliding doors, according to freeboard requirements. In upright position the grating shall work as a railing and shall be manually locked to the superstructure. For manual operation of the frame pneumatic, cylinders are arranged so that the force necessary for each man involved in manipulating the frame will not be more than 50N. The frame can not be operated by one
man.

The access stairs are divided into two pieces with an intermediate platform that
approximately 900 mm wide between the two strakes.

is

rescue platforms and reach 0,6 m dwg. No. 000103. Leader Arrangement Pilot Transfer on line level as show below the water can be stored in each side of the Vessel next to the rescue zones e.g. vertically on the aft bulkhead of the superstructure See also 3530. Two small bollards are fitted on each rescue platforrn for mooring of the boarding boat and similar boats. One of the bollards is recessed below the stair aft, while the other one is fitted forward of platform with a fairlead arranged in

A portable aluminium pilot ladder can be fastened to the

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 63 of 179

the screen.

3390 Other Safety Equipment

Stowing position and quantity of all safety equipments inclusive spares are shown on Life Saving Arrangement Plan No. 07017.01.3310.01 Rev.C.

3400 Steering and Manoeuvrng Machinery

3410 Steering

- Mode of Operation

The Vessel is equipped with two (2) off TENFJORD electro hydraulic steering gears set type SR622-FCP X2 steering gears with the following general characteristics:

Zoff Rudder actuators (rotary vane) type SR622-FCP, each complete with locking ring assembly for a cylindrical rudder stock (no cone, key or nut required), spherical self-aligning udder carrier, non return valves, load control valves, valve block with sensors for hydraulic lock alarm, filter units and mechanical rudder angle indicator. Oil included.
Effective torque Max working pressure Rudder stock dia Allowable load Rudder angle Two feed back units Pressure pump Electric motor Manoeuvring time Weight without oil
70 k Nm each 125 bar

200 mm 200 kN axiall 400 kN radial 2 x 35 " limit switches Limit switches and transmitters FCP-14

4.9 kW ( Sl) 1450rpm 3 X 400 v,50hZ norm IECI212MB. protection IP 55,, design 835, insulation Class F 21 seconds u,ith one pump unit I line (30-35"C);10.5 seconds with two pump units in line. Approx. 620 kg each

25 Itr. without oil, with gauge glasses, low oil level switches, cocks and fittinss 4 off Motor controllers for bulkhead mounting in the steering gear room with ammeters, hour counter and supply for the motor heating through the windings. 4 off Frequency converters for bulkhead mounting in the steering gear room with source on light and heating indication 2off alarm panels for desk mounting in the engine control room with alarm light for overload, phase failure, power failure, low of level, hydraulic lock and push buttons for alarm test, alarm acknowledge, alarm buzzer an with one common steering gear failure alarm contact (voltage free) to ship's main alarm system. 2 off Pump running/stop and auto-start indication panels for desk mounting in engine control room 2 off control system units for bulkhead mounting in the bridge with interface to analogue autopilot I off main control panel for desk mounting in the forward bridge with start/stop push

2 Oil reservoirs,

t
r I

t t t t
I I I

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 64 ot 179

buttons, dimmer, steering mode selection, non follow-up push buttons for emergency steering and follow- up controllers I off Rudder angle indicator amplifiers for mounting inside the bridge console 1 off Alarm panels for desk mounting in bridge console with alarm lights and push buttons for alarm test, alarm acknowledge, alarm buzzer and with interface VDR on RS 422

2 off Rudder angle indicators TYPE DLQ144 (IP22) for desk mounting in the forward
bridge console

desk mounting in the bridge wing consoles with dimmer, steering mode selection and follow-up controllers for independent and/or simultaneous steering of the rudders. 4 off rudder angle indicators TYPE DLQ144 (1P22) for desk mounting in the bridge wing console (Two on each wing) 1 off control panel (1P22) for desk mounting in the aft bridge console with start/stop push buttons, dimmer, steering mode selection non-follow-up push button for emergency steering and follow-up controllers for independent and/or simultaneous steering of the rudders 2 off Rudder angle indicators type DLQ 144 (1P22) for desk mounting in the aft bridge
console I off Set of standard spare parts

2 off control panels (1P22) for

t t
T

3440 Bow and Stern Thrusters

The Vessels stern and bow thrusters are rim drive supplied by Brunvoll with the following characteristics: x Bow Bruvoll thruster unit type RDT of 300 kW Power: 300 kw Section length max 1800 mm Propeller diameter 1000 mm No. of blades 7

I I I I

t t

lx

stern Brunvoll thruster unit type RDT of 160 kW

160 kw max 1800 mm

Power: Section length

Propeller

No. of

blades

diameter

800 mm
7

The final trimming to suit hull lines has been proposed by Force and approved by Brunvoll and Owner.

Drive System (PER UNIT)

I Electric motor embedded in the tunnel section, designed for inverter operation

t
t t

I Frequency converter AFE water cooled. The frequency converters have been delivered by SES in one package with the propulsion drive, the 690V switchboard, etc., see also section
8000

Control monitoring and alarm system

Complete electronic remote control, monitoring and alarm system

I I
I I
One

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 65 of 179

I I I
I

main panel for main console and three (3) control panel for wheelhouse mounting on wings and aft consoles.

(l)

3500 Stairs & Ladders

Stairs or ladders have been arranged for convenient access to all decks, flats, platforms, compartments, tanks, void spaces, equipment, machinery and to casing, etc., in order to permit inspection, local operation and maintenance. Interior stairs in accommodation have steps of steel or aluminium. Steps, side stringers, noses and cover material are as specified on accommodation plans Nos. C242-ACO; AFA; BDA; LAA; IAA delivered to the Owners as part of as built documentation. Exterior stairs and inclined ladders have side stringers of plate and steps of non-slip chequered plating, and are of hot galvanized steel. Primary exterior and interior stairs throughout the Vessel, as far it was possible, are inclined max. 450. Secondary stairs have been steppers with the Owner approval. All stairs must fulfil standard formula: 2 x Risers (mm) + 1 x Base (mm) = 630 mm. Vertical access ladders, where fitted, shall have flat bar side stringers and square bar rungs with bar edge vertical. Two off accommodation leaders for Vessel access according to IMO MSC.IlCirc.1331 from June 2009 and DMA technical Reg.2. The accommodation leaders have been supplied by Lemvik Maskin &, Koleteknik ApS, according to plan No.SALG-9620700. The accommodation leaders have been constructed and tested according to IMO 5488:7979, and electric winch according to ISO 7364: 1983. The FAT test has been surveyed by DNV as well as on board test. The location and arrangement of the accommodation leaders ae shown on Plan Accommodation Leader Layout; Plan No. 12001.

I t I
I I I

3510 Floor Plates & Gratings

Floor in engine room, workshop, the converter rooms and the steering gear rooms shall be made of 5+2 mm ribbed aluminium and stainless steel (only in scapes route of Engine Room). sheeting bolted with stainless steel slotted countersunk-head screws on a framework of steel angle bars. For accessing the angle frames, they shall be bolted together. Floor in engine roon'l has been change to stainless steel to a request the Owner Miscellaneous grating has been provided where necessary for accessing or for maintenance of equipment, etc., all to fulfil Owner and DMA safety demands. Grating of hot galvanized steel has been provided outside the exterior doors to the accommodation on deck 4 (shelter deck) and outside the main entrance to the accommodation on deck 3 (main deck).

I t I
I t

3520 Railing & Hand Grips

Hand rails have been arranged on both sides in interior stairways and on exterior stairs. Hand grips shall be arranged in passageways as required. Handrails in accommodation as described in section 4010. Handgrips have been fitted in way of manholes, access openings and other places with ladders or steps according to the Builder's standard and approved by the Owner and DMA. Storm hand rails have been fitted on exterior bulkheads of all deck houses surrounded by free

t
I I
rI

I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paoe 66 of 179

decks. Dimension O-10 nlnr.

Railings have a snrooth finish, and all joints are done with bushings and tapered pins. Free ends of rails have been terminated according to DMA safety requirements. Side rails on open decks are of min. I 100 mm high and top rail is of St AISI 304. Protective rails, screens or guards as appropriate and necessary have been fitted to safeguard the crew when operating deck machinery, etc., all to Owner and DMA approval. Rails/fall guard have been arranged around bridge wings for safe washing of windows. Arrangement approved by the Owners and the DMA from safety point of view.

3530 Pilot Ladder

The pilot transfer arrangement is shown on approved by DNV dwg.No.000l03. See also
3380.

3600 Masts and Rigging

Antenna and lighting mast have been approved by Owner and DNV. Position of Inmarsat antenna versus VSAT does not comply with IMO Res. A807 Annex 6.1. The arangement shown on Antenna layout Plan No.242-020202 Rev C has been approved after having being received from DNV, after exception granted by DMA, but a remark was included on the "Memo to Owner" Lighting signal anangement is shown on dwg. No. 07017.01.8430.01 Rev.A. Arrangement and installation have been approved by DNV according to CODREG-72. The mast on the wheelhouse top is of a latticework structure made of strong pipes in aluminium alloy and provided with the necessary access ladders safety fail arrest, etc., all to DMA approval. The mast has been strong and well supported and not vibration that can affect the navigation equipments has been observed. The mast and supporting structures have been approved by DNV. The fore mast in the stem shall be made of aluminium alloy fixed forward, with steps and safety f'all arrest approved by DMA.

3900 Miscellaneous Equipment 3920 Heeling Tank Systems

Heeling can be controlled by one pair of heeling tanks operated by one of the bilge/ballast pumps Desmi make model PVLN 1065/D02 vertical inline pump capacity of 35m'/h 2.5 bar pressure, selfpriming. The total capacity of the heeling tanks is 43.9 m'the starboard tank vofume is 2l.3m' and the pot tank 22.6m'. The heeling system shall be manually controlled from the IACMS.

t I

t I
t I
t
t I
I I
3940 Stabilizers
Ship parameters Displacement
Beam 1285.6 tonnes at max. draft 3.803m 11.20 m

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 67 ot 179

The Vessel is equipped with Brown Brothers Aquarius series folding fin stabilisers model Aquarius 2512.05m2 fin based on :

Service speed

l4 kn
18 kn

Maximum speed Metacentric height GM Sea input (wave slope)

Performance

1.130 m 4.53 deg ( Sea state 7)

Classification

90 % roll reduction at 14 knots and above DNV+ lAl, Inspection vessel, ice 1C, EO, COMF-V(I )

Stabiliser power/weight statistics

Main electric motors Emergency electric motor Main Total weight of equipment Lost buoyancy
2 x 1l kW (nominal) 2x3 kW (nominal) 400 V 3Ph 50 Hz
tonnes + 5oA 2 tones

I I
t I
a I

l3

Aquarius 251 2.05 m2 fin comprising: ^rea each comprising Two (2) Fin machinery modules crux and fin box, hull plate, and operatig
machinery Two (2) Hydraulic power unit complete with main and emergency sub systems Two (2) Motor stafter units Two (2) Emergency motor stafter units One (l) Lubrication header tank one (l ) Grease lubrication battery mounted within each fin unit One (1) Set control equipment One ( I ) Set of recommended on board spares

I
I

3970 Helicopter Winching Area winching area is arranged on the elevated platform above the boarding boat recess. The winching area is a non-skid surface and is marked "Winch Only" according to the standard size, type and colour letters. Helicopters are not aloud to seat in the platform, and

A helicopter

structure is not designed and produced for that purpose.

3990 Store Rooms Outfitting

Stores rooms have been outfitted with the all necessary shelves, etc., in solid wood, steel or aluminium alloy as requested and approved by the Owner.

.-

--'y- if,
-1

:-1:43

C510.01 Pace 68 cf 1 79

4000 Accommodation, General 4010 Design of Accommodation The accommodation for the ship's crew and spaces such as living roonls. public rooms. passages, sanitary spaces, catering spaces. stores, etc., has been arranged as shown in the
General Arrangement Plan. The Builder made maximunl effort to utilize odd spaces and voids for storage, etc.

The accommodation has been designed and fitted in accordance with the requirements of SOLAS Part C Chapter ll-2 and DMA Technical (Regulation B) on the construction and equipment, etc., of Ships B II-2A to N(l); N(3); BII-3 and BII-4. Design of spaces and type and quality of materials and decorate have been approved by the Owner before and after installation on board.
The final architectural and interior design have been carried out bv the Builder in accordance with Owner wishes.
The following as built documentation related to this section has been handled to Owner: General Arrangement Rev. J Structural fire protection Rev. E Accommodation arrangement Rev.3
Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan

Accommodation flooring arrangement Bridge Deck Arrangement Rev.3 Linings outside accommodation Insulation outside accommodation

No. No. No. No. No. No. No.

0701 7.01 .01 10.0 I

07017.01.4060.01

C242-ACO

AFA BDA LAA IAA

The minimum clear deck heights are: On deck 5 - Wheelhouse: On deck 4 - Gymnasiunr. mess & day room: On deck 4 - Office & officers cabins: On deck 4 - Galley: On deck 4 - Conidors and toilets: On deck 3 - All crew cabins, corridors and service On deck 3 - Control room: On deck 3 &.4 - bath roonls

spaces:

min. 2.30 m min. 2.30 m min. 2.20 m min. 2.20 m min. 2.20 m min. 2.10 rn min. 2.10 m min. 2.00 m

4020 Owner's supply, accommodation : Wall-, Bed-, Table Lamps Decorative wall armatures Artwork Keyboard, computer, printer and server Flat screen TV/PC monitors, incl. brackets DVD Players and Stereo Equipment (including loudspeakers for this equipment) Loose furniture 200mm Spring Mattresses Loose office equipment incl. Fax machine

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 69 of 179

Loose equipment for galley and pantry not described in specification Plates and dishes. silver, galley and mess equipment such as knives, towels, tablecloths, bedding, napery, linen, bath mats, eiderdowns, blankets,, pillows, china, glass ware, cutlery, pans, trays Loose accessory in crew accommodation Trolleys for catering purpose

Vacuum cleaners, scrubbing brushes and loose maintenance equipment for catering
operation

with accessories in excess of specification Mess tables Owner's supply has been properly stored, handled and installed by the builder before delivery of the vessel, the storage and installation have been surveyed by the Owner and approved.

PC

4030 Workmanship, Material and Quality

Inspection hatches, as far as possible, has been integrated with detachable ceiling panels and where required in wall panels, the number of hatches was minimized by coordination and positioning of the items that require inspection. Inspection hatches are of same material as surroundings. Inspection hatches position and construction have been surveyed and approved by the Owner. All light armatures are CE approved and shall be adapted to maritime use and easy
maintenance.

Light arrangement in accommodation spaces is of Ceiling luminaries (Recessed low consume lamps), sealed in areas according to rules/regulation, recessed down-lights and spotlights, wall lamps, table lamps and bed lamps. Numbers of Ceiling/Wall armatures in accommodation have been approved by the Owner. Light level (Lux) as described in section 8420. Light temperature 2700" Kelvin. Electric plugs in cabins, private and public rooms have been provided to vacuum cleaner, refrigerator, TV / video, wall / table / floor lamp and one double near tlre high table (writing desk). Double sockets have been provided as far as possible. Quantity and position of sockets
have been approved by the Owner. LAN connection has been provided in Crew Mess/Day Room, Office and Ship Control room, Wheelhouse, Cabins, bedroom and Private rooms for PC/TV / video. Cabin and Bedrooms are provided with coffespondence switches near the door inside side and near the bed.

t t
t

Light switch to Cabin unit toilets is located on outside the unit toilet. Light switch to Public unit toilets is located on in side the unit toilet. All light switches, electric plugs, antenna plugs, cabin thermostats, etc., are recessed. Type and design of electric armature have been approved by the Owner before and after installation. All electric power plugs are compatible with the Danish system. All wood and wooden edges are lacquered with UV resistant Polyurethane based lacquer with matt surface. Material and workmanship have been approved by the Owner. All doors and drawers to wardrobe, cupboard, etc., are provided with sea guard lock and book cabinet is provided with adjustable guardrails. All hinges, locks, handles, hooks and other fittings are of robust marine type and are of St.St. or chrome plated brass. All doors shall be fitted with 3 hinges and rubber gaskets. The doors

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 70 ot 179

are Panelfa maker Class

A. B or C. according to space serviced and are homologated with EC

approval certificate c/u' u'heel mark. drawers are adapted for maritime use: Brakes, dampers and security device. Hand rails 38 mm diameter of St. St. are provided on the sidewalls of all corridors, and have been approved by the Owner and DMA concerning safety. All minors shall have safe foil on back side. All wet spaces have scuppers/floor drain. All scuppers and drains are fitted with a perforated S/S cover and cleanable water traps. The Scupper arrangement and installation have been approved by the Owner. Window boxes and arrangement of deadlights are integrated in the interior design to give the impression of light and space. There curtains have been incorporated; design and colours have been selected and approved by the Owner. A panel of plexiglass in way of windows has been provided to eliminate noise and vibrations.

All

4070 Signs in Accommodation

Sign boards, etc., according to Owner's instruction have been set up in the passageways, navigating spaces, ship's control centre. Door name/number plate to all doors mounted on top of frame and crew number plate mounted in room side of doorframe in bedroom, to fulfil Rule/Regulations have been
arranged.

Safety signs including exit signs, etc., shall be arranged according to IMO Res. A.952(23) and

ISO 17631. The safety signs are documented in Life saving arrangement Plan No. 0701 7 .01.3310.01 Rev. C and Fire Control Plan No. 07017 .01 .5720.01 Rev. C. All
All
documentation regarding safbty has been approved by Owner, DNV and DMA when required. saf-ety signs are of photo-luminescent material according to ISO standard.

4100 Room Descriptions for Crew Accommodation

4120 Crew Gabins
The cabins shall be furnished according to the Accommodation Arrangement No. C242-ACO For best possible noise reduction between two adjacent cabins, corridors and cabins, double lirrirrg bulkheads with a spacing of 20 mm of the standard Panelfa 25ntm type described in section 4720 has been used.

LCD TV-set, DVD recorder, stereo equipment and computers for the cabins have been
delivered by the Owner and installed by the Builder. All connections have been foreseen in cable trays in between two panels lining space or behind of lining or below desk top but never inside of panels or insulation. No visible cabling will be accepted in accommodation. Toilet/Bath as described in section 4150. 4121 Sick Bay The sick bay has been furnished according to Accommodation Arrangement No. C242-ACO, in the style of the crew cabins and according to Notice "A" Technical (regulation A) on occupational health in ships and approved by Owner and DMA. Sick bay also can be used as a spare cabin. TV-set. etc., has been installed as for the crew cabins.

I I t
I I I
t I
I I
I
secured by separately internal drawer c/w key. Lockable refrigerator for medicine is also installed. Floor covering shall be as described in section 4010.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paqe 71 of 179

Bath room as for the crew cabins, but extended and additionally fitted with a bath tub according to Notice A is arranged. Bed is of same type as in Cabins, top of mattress is arranged 650mm above floor level. Lockers for the Class "A" medical cabinet is arranged c/w key. The locker for drugs has

4130 Mess Room and Day Room The combined mess and day room have been furnished according to the accommodation
arrangement plan.

LCD TV-set, DVD recorder, stereo equipment and computers have been delivered by

the

Owner and installed by the Builder. Closing device is arranged between galley and mess room via a steel roller shutter fire Class 460 ciw EC type approval well marked certificate.

4140 Stairways and Corridors

stairs are of steel. Nominal clear width shall be minimum 900 ffiffi, measured between handrails. Moist and dirt absorbing matts shall be installed inside all weather doors in a recessed / coaming. Stairs shall be inclined 37 deg if possible, but maximum 45 deg. Handrails in corridors and stairways shall be as described in section 4010 and 4060. The minimum distance between handrails and lining is 45 mm. Diode I LED light shall be fitted 200mm above each step, recessed in lining. In corridors same type of light shall be fitted each app. l200mm. Ventilation in corridors shall be over pressure.

All

4150 Toilets and Bathrooms

General:

Toilets and bathrooms are fitted on top of the floating floors - see section 4550. Water traps are cleanable/dismountable from above, and are recessed into the floating floor and, if required, further into pot-wells welded into the steel deck. The water traps are suspended in the top of the floating floor and the drain pipes are noise insulated from the steel structure to prevent structure bome noise.
The toilets are of prefabricated module type and design has been approved by the Owner. The Wartsila. Accommodation Systern Korea. There, the heating floor under ceramic tiles is arranged. There, the following modules type toilets are arranged:

toilets ae to be mounted over the floating floor and were supplied by

Model A (6 units) and AM (units) for private cabin toilets Model B for public toilets on deck 4 (1 unit)

I t
I
t,
Model D for public toiler on deck 3 (l unit) Model for sick bay toilet on deck 3 (l unit)

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 72 of 179

I I
I
ll

-Door and frame inclusive ventilation louver: Blade is printed colour on 0,6mm galvanized steel sheet; frame is built in 1.6mm steel plated with baked enamel paint finish, cler opening 550/600x l850mm. lock indicator mortise latch is also included. -Artificial marble counter with single lever faucet with recessed soap dish is arranged (Type A,AM;B;C ), capacity 7.01. -Wash basin of white vitreous China (capacity 8.01) with single lever faucet & rubber plug drain (Type D) -WC of white vitreous china wall mounted vacuum type model JETS-64 is installed af all toilets models. -Shower set: Shower units, FB-260TR with thermostatic mixing valves w/flexible hoses, water saving type shower head (all toilets model type). Additionally the toilet model C has bath unit FB-l60TKR with thermostatic mixing valves w/flexible hoses, water saving type
shower head.

General toilets are including the following construction and facilities: -Inside wall panel colour is printed on 0,6mm galvanized steel sheet wl2xl5mm mineral wood, total thickness of 30mm (type, Wl l) -501 partition panel is of PVC film laminated on 0,6mm galvanized steel sheet with rock wool total thickness 50mm (type:N50) only (Type B). -Ceiling panels are of printed colour on 0,6mm galvanized steel sheet with 2x15mm mineral wool total 30mm (type Cl l) -Floor of non-slip ceramic tiles covered on3.2 mm steel plate with galvanized 40A drain pipe

-Exhaust valve of steel construction with white baked enamel painterd, model No. KU-100 with 90o elbow wall mounting type with outlet of 98mm dia. (2 set on toilet model B) -Scuppers of 304 grade st.st. square frame & st.st. grating of 150mm dia. c/w rubber water trap (40A) are arranged (2 set on toilets model A;AM;B,C). -Shower curtain waterproof type c/w aluminium rail and tassel hook is arranged on A.AM and C toilet models. -2-poles single I way on/of type (ELKO 31612) have been supplied (2 sets for models A,AM;C;D and 4 set for model B) -There, junction boxes for lighting are arranged: material Polyester (4-gland, 6P. T.Blook) S204. -Separate junction boxes for heating are arranged: material Polyester (4-gland, 6P. T.Blook)
s-204.

-Mirror lights are installed in all toilet units type FM I l5SR-T206 GJA (AC2Z}V, 50H2, l5w; lP44) with receptacle universal type. -Down lights: Type GCN(M)l4 llSF G (220V,50H2,18w, Ip44) -Electric cables: Flame retardant, halogen free power cables, LKM-HF 0.6/1KV 3Sx 2.5mm2
based on IEC 60332-l series. -Cupper pipes for hot and cool water l2.7mm dia. with PVC pre-covered. -Fitted flexible hoses with non return valves with l5mm dia. for water end connectors. -Toilet cabinet coffter type is arranged on each A and AM models material: 1.0T Acrvonitrvlebutadiene-stvreen e CS-7326-1 . -Towel rail heater maker LVI; 230Vl50Hzl40wllp44.

-Two or three, according to toilet models, are to be arranged material chrome plated brass and st.st.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 73 ot 179

-Soap and sponge holder for shower of stainless steel and chrome and chrome plated brass, one soap dish for wash basin of chrome plated brass and stainless steel on toilets model A' AM; and D. -Paper holder on each toilet material stainless steel and chrome plated brass; was-PH-O3. -Spare paper holder of material stainless steel and chrome plated brass was-SPH-O3. -Coat hook of stainless steel, WAS-CH-O1 . -Door adjusted of chrome plated brass WAS-DA-0I and door stopper of same material on

toilet model B. -Electric heater device installed in the floor (lmx25w) maker Raychem (self regulating type) -Waste basket of stainless steel. -Rubber hoses T-type for drain lines are arranged. -Waterproof type mirror &. holder (BY-001-03) 5x950x700mm or 5x430x700mm and 5tx500x700mm depending of toilet model. -Bath tub of FGP (fibre glass reinforced plastic) (700x xl700mm) Ivory colour. -Bolted access hatch of 430x640mm is arranged.

4160 Locker Room and Entrance Hall

Deck 3

The locker arrangement is shown on dwg. No. Cl l5-LRA and was approved by the Owner. The floor of the locker room and the entrance hall are covered with anti slip ceramic tiles over the floating floor, electric heater under the tiles is to be arranged. All wall panels are of stainless steel, suitable for wet room. Floor drains are provided as needed. Locker section: Seven (7) Steel lockers baked enamel paint finish, for working clothes of 400x550x1800 nlm are arranged 200 mm above deck.

I Full size mirror. Toilet: See toilet ntodel "D" on section 4150. Stainless steel hook for rain coats is to be aransed at forward bulkhead of locker.
4170 Ship Office

Ship Office is furnished according to the Office Arrangement plan No. Cl l5-OA. The layout, colours and workmanship have been approved by the Owner. The furnishing includes: Writing desks with drawers and PC section (PC is Owner's supply) Writing desk chairs (Owners delivery)

I I

I I I 2 2 I I

Filing cabinets
Safe

Bookcases Key cabinet Notice board Waste baskets

Writing table lamps (Owners delivery) Whiteboard Fax machine (Owner supply)

t t I t I I t I I I I I I I I I t t I t I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 74 ot 179

2 I

Drau'er units below table top Printer/copy machine (Owner supply) Lamps. curtains/blinds, paper baskets, etc., as necessary The communication rack is arranqed forward on beside of internal division with the corridor.

4180 Gymnasium The final layout of the gymnasium was in situ suggested and approved bythe Owner. Exercise machines and CD-player with amplifier and loudspeakers for the gymnasium have been supplied by the Owner and installed by the Yard.

I I I I I

Exercise bike

Multi-function weight-lifting machine Crunch bench Back extension CD-player and amplifier with loudspeakers (Owner supply)

4200 Room Descriptions for Service Spaces

4210 Wheelhouse

The Wheelhouse layout has been approved by the Owner according to dwg. Bridge Deck
Arrangement BDA.

The equipment layout complies with ISO 8468 Second Edition 1990-11-01, Ship's bridge layout and associated equipment-Requirements and guidelines. IMO Res. A.574(XIV), Recommendations on General Requirements for Electronic Navigational AIDs. Intemational regulation for Preventing Collision at Sea Annex III and IMO Res. A-780/(17) 1991-11-06 For nautical equipment in the wheelhouse - see section 8600. Furniture, etc., is according to Accommodation Arrangement Bridge deck affangement dwg. BDA.
The sofa is Owner's supply.

d*g. No. C242-ACO

and

4230 Galley
The galley and the equipment have been designed to serve a crew as specified in section 0190. Galley layout, equipments and workmanship have been approved by the Owner and authority where necessary. The Galley layout is shown on Galley Arrangement rev.l6 No. C I 1 s-GA-Rev I 6. The following equipments and facilities have been arranged according to arrangement plan:

: w;iil:,1?li:'l?H::?3f30** : 3",il::l1ll11TJiffi3:,,0xe00mm
- LtfJ[?;ifl}'"ffi#5oox35ox6oo

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 75 ot 179

S'ashing table 326Ax7 00x900mm Planetan, mixer LOIPART XBEI0 Coffee filtering machine Bravilor Bonamat 5L Refrigerated bench with two doors 860x700x900mm maker Loipart Hot cupboard double boiler Loipart NoHLMSOBMl lW

: J:ilil1b",:ln1* Ttl',, *r,:

Electric range 4 hotplates Loipart RSQ43-21 NrcRo r 600xe00x700mm

I::r,:fli1';Sretabre

Microwave Loipart EMS 2485X In the corridor, in front of the mess room entrance, a cool water fountain is arranged make Loipart SCW l4B.

4240 Provision Room

The provision room is located just aft-portside of the galley. The entrance can be either from the galley or from open deck 4. The room is divided into four separate rooms with individual temperature control as follows:
One dry provision room - max temperature 15oC. One freezing room - temperature - l SoC - for fish and meat.

Two cooling rooms

temperature adjustable between

* 2"C and + 8oC -

for vegetables, and

dairy. The sizes and distribution is shown on Accommodation Arrangement plan No. C242-ACO. All rooms are equipped with shelf stanchions with adjustable shelves of stainless steel. The inside lining and ceiling are of prefabricated polyurethane modular panel system CFC free elements, and lined with stainless steel plate on visible side and galvanised steel sheet on the back of the element. The layout and workmanship of the provision rooms have been approved by the Owner.

4250 Garbage Room and Waste Handling

The handling of waste from the galley has been coordinated with galley designer and
installation Co. The garbage room layout, equipments and workmanship has been approved by the Owner. Garbage room is equipped with three chamber compactor maker USON MARINE AB. Model USON Multichamber compactor UMCC, version 1.3. The garbage room has mechanical air extraction and natural air inlet.
Garbage room is to have access from either, galley and open deck 4. The partition between galley and garbage room is an "A" according to SOLAS Chapter lI-2. On garbage room is located the COz gas extinguishing system for galley hood and the COz release station.

4260 Store Rooms

Walls, floor and ceiling are of painted steel.

I al

I
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 76 of 179

I I I I
I I

Stowage facilities approved by the Owner, inclusive shelves, lockers, bins, tanks, hooks, clips, racks, etc., have been amanged and are of substantial construction and arranged to prevent or restrict movements of items stowed. Locker distribution is shown on GA plan.

4270 Laundry

t I
I I
I

The laundry arrangement is shown on plan No. CI15-LA. The layout, equipments and workmanship have been approved by the Owner. - Two washing machines industrial type Maker: Loidpart AB W455H Product No. 9863410014 Serial No. 6005 510104469 QC Number 7 5100844 Type model: W55H. W355Hl6 Feed from CF-25 Capacity 6kg Total Input: 4.2kW;400V, 3 ph,, 50Hz
- Two drying machines industrial evaporation type Maker: Loidpart AB T4130 Product No. 98721 10000 Serial No. 601 30/01 031 56 AC. Number 80600626 Type model: Wl l30ES Feed from CF-25 Capacity 6 kg Total Input: 5,4kW; 400V, 3ph, 50 Hz - Washing table c/w integrated st.st. sink, with hot and cool water service, the table is of stainless
steel working surface and drawers.

I -t

I I t
I ||

Aft of laundry in a separate room is arranged a lining

Owner.

store c/w

l2

lockers of light varnished

wood. The design, workmanship and materials have been selected and approved by the

4400 Furniture 4400 General Descri ption

All furniture

I t I I I

and fittings in accommodation have been produced and installed according to accommodation affangement drawing approved by the Owner as well as with materials and colours selected by the Owner. The following drawings have been approved by the Owner before fabrication: - C I l5-CEA Chief Eng. Cabin arrangement - C I l5-CCAD3 Cabin crew - C-l l5-0A Office arrangement - C I 15-SBA Sick Bay arrangement Generally all fumiture is produced with good seasoned wood or marine type plywood, all corners are rounder according to DMA notice "A" and good marine practice. The furniture is

t t
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 77 ot 179

t t t t t t t
I

of solid construction u'ell anchored. Special attention was paid to parasite noises provoked by vibration of not u'ell adjusted parts or drawers. All material such as varnish. upholstery, etc., are of low flame propagation according to SOLAS and IMO requirements. Varnish used on furniture supplied by the Yard is produced by JP Coating GmbH product High-Solid H5000, cert. No. MED-0450387.
44',10

Furniture

General each cabin is equipped as minimum with:

- Marine
Owner.

type bed of inside size of 900x2100mm, c/w three drawers bellow the bed are arranged. The bed is fabricated with marine type plywood of light colour and varnished. Mattresses have been supplied by the Owner. Bedding and linen have been delivered by the Wardrobes: Two of marine plywood light colour varnished wardrobes are arranged on each cabin 600x600mm. The wardrobe is to have different keys; each key can open the cabin door but only one wardrobe. On the top, a shelf for lifejacket or other purposes has been arranged. Beside of writing table, an extra wardrobe for common use is arranged.
Desks and Tables:

Writing desk is arranged on each cabin along exterior bulkhead side bellow the portholes, the writing desk is produced in light colour varnished marine plywood with corners and structure of solid well seasoned wood. Each desk is arransed with three drawers. A bedside complete with three drawers is arranged.
Cabinet, cupboard, book cabinet, shelves, etc.:

t t t t
I

Marine plywood light colour with solid hard wood corners and structure cupboards is to be arranged in each cabin as per possibilities. Shelves in cupboards and wardrobe are of height adjustable and all fitted with sea rails. All shelves are able to stow minimum ,A'4 ring binders. All room sofas, Armchairs, easy chairs, small chairs,, revolving chairs, sick bay and mess chairs have been delivered by the Owner and placed andlor fitted by the Yard in requested by the
Owner positions.

t
t t
r

4420 Curtains and Roller Blind

- Material and Quality

All

elements, curtains, rollers blind, etc., have been selected by the Owner and installation surveyed. Colour type, etc., is shown if accommodation plans delivery as a part of as-built

drawing package.

4490 Hardware and Clocks Hardware throughout the entire accommodation material, always under Owner approval.

is generally of

stainless steel

or

other

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 78 ot 179

The Vessel is provided u'ith a central clock system with a master clock at the bridge. Slave clocks with a diameter of 220 mm and permanent power supply are fitted in the Vessel according to the Ou'ner's demands.

4500 Deck Covering

4520 Deck Covering Plan: Deck covering, materials, etc., are shown on accommodation flooring affangement dwg. No. AFA.

4530 Deck Covering, Specification of Materials and Workmanship

have been wide discussed with Owner during almost all building period as a most important item of the vessel. All materials and details have been approved after long deliberations by the Owner. Workmanship has been provided to Owner satisfaction. All items in the accommodation, inclusive insignificant details, have been surveyed and approved by the Owner.

All deck coverings specification, materials and manufactures

4550 Noise Reducing Floors

The entire accommodation area on deck 3 and deck 4 is covered with floating floor for optimal reduction of noise and vibrations from the engine room, A/C central, etc. The floor construction and lining details have been approved by Owner. On deck 3 the floating floor is of a high-reduction combi floor. On the less critical areas on deck 4 the floating floor is of standard floor. Where deck 3 is lowered in the aft part of the accommodation, the thickness of the floating floor has been increased in order to taper the deck into the aft deck. so that the top of the floor is in level with the rest of the deck.

t
I
I
t
t

High-reduction Combi Floating Floor (TYPE A)

The high-reduction combi floating floor is designed with special regard to optimal structure borne noise reduction and used in the critical areas due to the very strict noise requirements in the vessel. The construction of floating floor type A is as follows:

Type A floating floor detail

3mm galv, stuel+1.Smm DGUl+2mm galv steel 50mm Rsckwool marlna slab 140 (or slmllar) 500x500 galvanlsed staal plates 1,5mm thlek cowrlng 7596 of eurfaoc
1,Smm vlsco DGUI

The deck covering consists of a I .5mm viscoelastic damping DGU I applied to steel deck over the viscoelastic paint galvanized plates of 500x500mm are to lay wile the paint is still fresh and covering not less thart 75Yo of total surface. When the viscoelastic compound is dry

I I I I t I I I
I t I I I I I I I I I t I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 79 ot 179

floating floor consisting in 50mm mineral wool of l40kg/m'glued to 3mm steel plate is lying, over new laver of viscoelastic paint DGUI is applied, dry thickness of layer l.5mm. On top Zmm galvanized steel sheet is covering all compound surfaces.

The design and u'orkmanship have been approved by the Owner and Noise and vibration
consultant.

Standard Floating Floor (TYPE B)

Type B floating floor detail

3 mm al,umlnlum + 1,$ mm OGU1 + 2 mm alumlnlum
Smm Rochrod marlna slab 140 (or alrnllar)

The standard floating floor was designed and produced with regard to reasonable structure borne noise reduction (deck 4; wheelhouse, etc.). The deck flooring consists of flooring floor cassettes of 50mm thickness and mineral wool density min I 4}kglm'and 3mm aluminium plate. On top l.5mm dry film of viscoelastic paint is applied and 2mm aluminium plate on top. The design and workmanship have been approved by the Owner and Noise and vibration
consultant.

4570 Grating Raised grating

outside the doors from the All to Owner requests and approved of the sill height. accommodation to the aft deck because

of galvanized steel has been provided

by him. Wooden gratings have been provided in forward store, as requested by the Owner.

Non-slip synthetic rubber mats have been arranged outside all exterior doors of the accommodation (except on deck 3 aft, where grating is provided) and at top and bottom of all
exterior stairs.

4600 Insulation 461 0 Insulation, Accommodation

accommodation and out of accommodation spaces have been carried out according to drawings approved by the Owner: -No. C I l5-AD-Rev.3 Insulation in accommodation -No. Cl l5-IAA-Rev.1 Insulation outside accommodation -No. 07017.01.4060.01 Rev.E Structural Fire Protection All materials used for insulation are of approved type c/w CE type approval certificate wheel marked. The workmanship and materials quality have been approved by both Owner and DNV.

Insulation

of

The fire and comfort insulation arransed on board has been as follows:

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 80 of 179

Thcrrnal lrculaon, 100nm mlmralwod 55& rn3 bltvrrn stlffGnarg +50rrrn mv SF m fop cowred rv4fi sluminhrm
fiDil

il*gTi#*; ffii'frtrfi
Nolst lnstrlatlofl

&burkhesds

w -

A0 Insulatlon In alumlnlum dacks&bukhaads Eomm FlrershrJ$tl?. t'lo ll,nlrq

50rnm Mlneraluorl ss|tg#ns no llnlng

A{0

kg/F3 b{v*eri stlffEnerr +

In;ulstlon {rn llnhgJ 80 nm mlnarsl waoll(lt} g} rrn on top cavered

ThIERMAI. I NSUL.$N'{ DETAI L

tmt'Xlfrifl
s'0'rryr trlh*rra

rid SeShS vid f6frgtr3 e{i{ffi hi Cinl{i,r

ql

For thermal insulation (structural fire protection) the following scheme approved by the
Owner and Class has been used.

PSCXS

BUL*IEAFS

Wtffi

wxxrc :-

W
ii""

Therrnal Inrulatlon 10mn mlreral rmol $kg m3 bchrye*n *dlT*nErs +50mm ffsn 55*g n top llned rvifr alumlnlum oll

A0 mineraluool 8X Spinbx de Bmm

A,..sO

bs:$Err

stleners y 3ornm onn top ce{ed whh fuwesclex sffiF mineralwrol BX.$pinbx Etlmrn between sti$Eners and 3omm o#l tep of stlffaner:

A{0

l:_1"(:,"::

38mm Flrsmattr XE07 brrawt ard an tsp stlfien wvspd rrlft Psvrslex SF
.wa-*;;4kx::

:"):;':,;,

h@

A{0
;j;;

SSmm

Flrnmarw

XCI? bstnrEs'

and or trp of

wi

Thermslinsulation S0rnm y 55kg/m3 cxnrersd wilh slurnlnlumfoll

The insulation on different spaces as well as fire insulation is according to SOLAS Part Chapter II-2 complete with EC approval certificates (MED, certificates) as follows:

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paqe 81 of 179

t t

Name
INSUTATION OUT SIDE ACCOMMODATION Ultimate UMFN (24 Kstm3l Confort Ultimate UMFA (24 Rstm3l UMPN (66 Kg/mt), esp. 70 mm 460 UMPN (66 Ks/m'). esp. 30 mm UMPA (66 Ks/m'), esp. 30 mm Acuslico
Powerflex FF

Manufacturer
ISOVER ISOVER ISOVER Swedish Acoustic Products Inovation AB

Ce

rtif icate
1',14.479

t I
I t I t
I t t
I I I
I
I

114.479 MED1432007C

s
11907/8S EC

IN SULATIO N ACCOMM ODATION

Confort

460 430

Rocterm Slab Pi 55 Rocterm Slab PA 55 Firemaster 50 mm Firemaster 38 mm

Termolan Termolan Termal Ceramics Termal Ceramics

MED-D-5gO MED-D-5gO 12036/A0 EC

M8D.8.3895

Special noise insulation constructed as a floating floor (see.4550) with sheet metal "floating" on insulation has been fitted on the engine room/casing side of bulkheads and decks forming boundaries between engine room/engine casing and accommodation. All exposed insulated areas, or areas where water condensation may occur have been sealed with vapour barrier of aluminium foil or frbre mat in connexion of surface protected. Sweat pipes and gutters have been arranged behind lining in exposed areas. Termination details of insulation in way of decks and wall have been approved by the Authorities and the Owner.

4620 Insulation, Sundry

Hot pipes passing through accommodation and other spaces have been insulated with noncombustion or fire retardant material approved by Owner and Class.

4700 Walls, Lining and Ceiling 4710 Lining, Bulkhead Panels & Partition walls - General

Lining, bulkhead panels and partition walls have been made of fire resistant panels. Panels used throughout accommodation fulfil SOLAS Part C Chapter ll-2 complete with EC approval certificates (MED, certificates). All panels used are PVC free type.
Type of construction used:

I I
I

For partitions on deck 3 and 4 between cabins and corridors, etc., the Clip 50 B30 with the fol lowine characteristics :

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 82 of 179

oornposed of pmels with rnax width of llfl} rnm made of 0,7 mn stsl sheets insulated witfr 50 rnm rochroll s'ith dnsity 145 kg/d. The insulatisr is glued on the $fieel sheets. Tk panels are fittd into ea other as per drrwirys P01/041830 o F05/f/830 (see tst rcfort). Panel tticlness: 52 mm. For lining and partitions inclusive wet spaces construction have been used as a base panel,

'CIip 50 830"

Panel 25E.L5 composed of panels with max E'idth of 1195 mm made of 0,5 mm steel shseh insulated s/ith 25 mm rochroll \ryith density 150 kg/ur3, Tle insuttions are gtwd on the srcel sheets, The panels arc tted into each otlrcr by means as per drawings mUfil.$ (see teut rcport).

For partition between two adjacent cabins, double Panel 25F-15 spaced 50mm and perforated
backside.

Panel 25815 has been used for lining throughout the Vessel. Version for wet spaces based on same panel has been used on laundry, locker room, etc.
Panels Certificates:

Clip s0 B30
Panel 25

Bl5

MED.B-4462 MED.B.3063

All framing for bulkhead

panels are of electro galvanized steel. The finishing of the visible frames is of the same colour of the surrounding panels.

For distribution of lining in accommodation see drawing No. C1ls-AD-Revl. Lining and partitions 2 pages: page one, lining and partition decks 02&03; page two, lining and partition deck 4 &bridge.

4800 Accommodation Doors 4810 Door Standards

All

doors have been supplied by Panelfa and have been approved by DNV in connexion with the structural fire protection. The quality and doors colour, etc., have been approved by the Owner. Class and location of all doors used throughout accommodation can be found on structural Fire Protection plan. No. 07017.01.4060.01

Mainly, three fire doors have been used: - A30 Class fire door Certificate No. MED-B-4456, maximum clear door opening

880x I 875mm

A60 Class fire door Certificate No. MED-B-4460, maximum clear opening 920x1920mm B15 Class fire door Certificate No. MED-B-4457, maximum clear opening 880x1875mm

The main characteristics of doors are:

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 83 of 179

*A-30

Dmr'

of 1,0 mm stelplates on composed of single leafed hinged door with doorblades "*po*"d 185 kglmr, insulation each side of ingulation core of 55 mm rodrwool wittr density
manrfrcturd by RochrooUTennoltn. The door frame is made of lJ mm stcel sheets. The door is to be fisod wittt three hingee. The door may be fitted irith hoseport Total thiclneen of doorblade 55 mrn-

"A-60 Door " compo.sed of singlc leafed hingcd door with doorblades composed of 0,8 rnm steelplates on each side of insulation core of 62 mn ockrmool {Roc}wool Termolan) with dcnsiry 175 kg/m3, Door frame is ma& of 5 rnm steelplate , "7! shrps and welded to the bulkhead. The dosr is b be ftted with three hinges. Tke door nnay be fifred wi& hmeport Total thickness of doorbla& 64 rnrn*B-L5 Door

"

composed of single leafed hingsd door with &orbladee somposed of 0,8 mm steelplates on each side of insutation corc of 38 mm rock$rool with density 1?5 kg/n3, insulation

manufrctured by RockrrooUTermolan.

mm strinles$ stoel. The door is to be fitrcd udttr threc hiryes. Door frams mne of The door my be fitmd with ventilation loirvre (280 x 105 mm) in lowcr part of the door. TohI thickpss of dooftlade 38 mrn,

lJ

4820 Exterior Doors Exterior doors have been supplied by Libra. For Location of all external watertight doors inclusive sill height see dwg.No. Cl l5-000103-Rev0l, Freeboard Plan.

No. Pos. Door D301;D303;D305;D306; WRl00

D307;

D309;D310

wl D301,800x1400 mm quick acting D303;D305;D306;D307 wl wl wl w/

800x1600mm D309, 900x1400mm D310, 700x1400 700x1700 800x1600 900x1400 900x1700

fype

Light

opening

Material
Steel Door St.37, St.37 (80x8)mm

Dwg No. Coaming D-3-18322

D302
D304 D308

WTD-20

GRP fire retardant;

Coaming St.37 (80x8)mm GRP fire retardant; Coaming St.37 (80x8)mm

D-3-18323 D-3-18323 D-3-18323 D-3-18323

quick acting

WTD-I7

WTD-3 wl
quick acting

quick acting

GRP fire retardant; GRP fire retardant;

Coaming St.37 (80x8)mm

D402;D406

WTD-24

quick acting D407;D408

Coaming Alum.
(80x8)mm 800x1400

WTD-I1
quick

quick acting

D40l;D403;D404;D405 WR-100

wl acting

D40l

800x1400

GRP fire retardant; Coaming Al. (80x8)mm 6mm Al. alloy

Coaming Al (80x8)mrn

D-3-18323 D-3-18504

D403;D405

800X1500

D404 800x1300

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 84 ot 179

SPAYTIGHT DOORS D50l;D503

ISD-5

800050

GRP fire

retardant: D-3-18324

insulated sandwich const.

D601

Not'rindorn

wrD-17 800x1600

Sirt"t fl;

(*0",.*J,T-T*,,
D-3-18324

ffifi:'filffi:lfiil'

Generally all doors are to have linkage rod of St.st. AISI 316L, slave toggle of st.st 3l6L brass bossing, neoprene gaskets, etc.

4850 Key System

doors, including wardrobe doors and drawers, have been arranged with locks. Exterior doors have hinges and locks type GSV3801ZR supplied by Libra with the doors of entirely non-corrosive material s. All keys are numbered and included in a master key system that divides the keys into different groups according to access rights and restrictions, as set forth by the Owner. A lockable key-cupboard is installed in the Vessel's office.

All

4860 Steel Doors

See 4820

4870 Fire Doors

See 4810 5OOO

- A Class

HULL ENGINEERING

5000 Ventilation (Hull) Capacities of equipment, pipe diameters and surface areas in this part of the specification are refered to ventilation and air conditioning information supplied by Novenco and delivered to the Owner as apart of As-built documentation.
501 0

Ventilation, Genera

is equipped with air conditioning and ventilation systems fulfilling the requirements of the Authorities and the specified climatic conditions in this specification, section 5100.
The vessel
Spaces such as bathrooms, toilets, laundry and linen rooms have natural supply and
mechanical exhaust by a separate fan system. Further, separate exhausts are installed from the tumble dryer and the cooker hood galley. For engine room ventilation, see section 7200.

in

the

5020 Ventilation Requirements The ventilation and air conditioning system shall be designed to operate effectively in all conditions found in the operational areas described in Section 0010. As far it was possible the

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 85 of 179

following air speed in the ducts has been observed.

I I

Item

Velocity [m/s]
5

t I t I t t t t t I t I I
t t
I

Air inlets Air outlets

Main duct
Branch duct

l0
7

Other ventilation system requirements are: Power 3x400V/50H2 >0.5kW (Short circuit current max. l0kA) 1x230Yl50Hz <0.5kW (Short circuit current max. lOkA) Requirements for electric Insulation Class Temperature rise Class B Motors exceeding l5kW are equipped with soft starter or frequency converter Motors of 20kW and above are fitted with thermistor relay and

supply

motors

a resistance PTC in each winding. Motor maker: ABB ROOM

Wheelhouse

Airflow
1mr/h

2978
1276

Gallev/Scullen
Mess & day Room Gvmnasium

ll3l
557

Office SB
Ch ef Ene. Bedroom Ch ef Ene. Livine room Capta n Bedroom Capta n Livins Room

589

t77
353

t77
353

Provision room corridor Locker roonl Sick bav l. Eneineer

60
189 287

I Officer I Spare crew PS I Spare crew SB I Crew I Crew I Crew I Officer I Crew
Workshop and Slores

269 269

243
243

230 256
243 269 256
180 137

Misc. Stores Linen Store Laundn AC Room

ECR

99 202 r 200
100

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Pase 86 of 179

5040 Fan Room

The fan roon'l AC nlachinery is located on deck 2 as shown on the General Arrangement plan
and supply and exhaust trunks from a higher deck level have been aranged.

Fans, motors, filters. and coils are affanged in way for easily accessible for inspection and maintenance, positions and workrnanship have been approved by the Owner. Fans compressors and other rotating machinery are resiliently mounted.

5060 Ducts, lnlets and Outlets

The ducts arrangements are shown on as-built drawings as follows:

No. 57P03 157P06 3l157P05 31157P04 31157P02 3l l57P0l

DWG.

3l 3l

Rev. A A A A B A

DWG. Title One-line Diagram- Cofferdam One-line Diagram- Deck 2 One-line Diagram- Deck 3 One-line Diagram- Deck 4 One-line Diagram- Deck 5 One-line Diagram-Deck 6

ducts used are of non-con'tbustible materials, in accommodation mainly insulated spiroducts supplied by Novenco have been arranged, other ducts have been produced of galvanized steel thickness up to l.Zmm for light gauge rectangular ducts, from 7 .2mm up to 3mm thickness galvanized steel for heavy gauge rectangular ducts and thickness above 3mnl for heavy gauge (rated) ducts. External louvers installed are as follows:

All

SYSl COMPARTMENT
NO.

TYPE

FILTER

AIR

NOMINAL SIZE FLOW (WxH) mm

t^L t|^\

AC.I Accommodation supply - inlet louver

R:1
E-1

Accommod4tion fe_tury
G_al
I

4ir;

ou,tlet lgqver

E,haust ac_commodation
e_y-

E-4
E-88

outlet louver

outlet louver

E-718 Egine E.1Q

p_qgine Rognr - outlet touv-eNo.2

(eom :

oulle_t louver

Ng,l

Enelne workshop welding hood

Engin-e wglkshop welding hood

E-I0
s-2

- inlet
-

ME+H HG+H HG+H HG+H HG+A HG+A ME+H

HG+,H
ME-

No No No No
No,

12321
55,10

2561
l7-00

2r

0,00-

No No
No-

210_00

x 900 650- x 600 450 x 350 300 x 350 950 x 900 950 x 900
900

1340
1340
27 000

outlet

ME YES 27000 ll00x 1500 s-4 ME YES 27000 I I,00 x 150,0 Em e rglharb o u ge-n_g-qpfor ro-g,m, - fan inlet ME+H Nq 5540 s--5 600 x 6-00_ s-6 Steering gear room - inlet ME+H No 2100 400 x l5-0 s-6 Steerine sear room - outlet HG+H No 2100 400 x 350 ME+H :Mist Eliminator Special design for drainage of water droplets Verlical aluminium grilles in aluntiniutn frame Hinged hatch made of galvanized steel. For bolting to bulkhead.

S:l

Engine Room inle! louv_g1No,l _p-neine -Rpog i4let lqUyer N o-.? Ensine Room inlet louver No.3

YES

350 x 150 350 x 250 I 100 x 1500

t t
T
HG+H

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 87 ot 179

:Buckled horizontal in galvanized steel fitted in galvanized steel frame -erilles Hinged hatch made of galvanized steel.

t t
T

HG+AD :Buckled horizontal grilles in galvanized steel fitted in galvanized steel frame, for
bolting to bulkhead. Automatic closing damper operated by electric actuator.

ME

:Mist Eliminator, special design for drainage of water droplets, vertical aluminium

grilles in aluminium frame. For bolting to bulkhead. No closing device on louver (Closing by separate dampers below fans).

FILTER

:Plane type filter (access arrangement to be agreed with Owner/Shipyard).

Hinged louvers are included.

t
T T
T

5070 Fire Dampers

Fire dampers have been arranged where necessary according to SOLAS part C, chapter II-2. The fire dampers are EC homologated type c/w MED approved certificate. Fire dampers are shown on one-line diaqrams and on Fire Control Plan.
The following fire dampers have been supplied:

I
T T

Two off automatic fire dampers Halton FDB2-400x300 for exhaust galley duct. Two off automatic fire dampers mounted bellow fan Halton UTG 500x500 D2 for engine room exhaust air. Three off automatic fire dampers mounted bellow fan Halton UTG 710x710 D2. Three off automatic fire dampers FDB2.

5090 Miscellaneous Ventilation

Galley'exhaust
ST.st hood design approved by the Owner, above cooking range and other cooking equipment has been arranged with two of grease filters supplied by Novenco. Galley exhaust is installed with ventilator Novenco CNA 250 to reach 40 hair changes per hour.

I I I t I I I

Technical details:

Air

flow Fan type Fan total pressure Fan static pressure............ efficiency Fan speeC............
Fan

.... 1700 m'lh .....Direct driven centrifugal fan

.869 Pa

..........800 Pa .70.6 %
..... 2884 rpm

Fan shaft

power...

0.6 kW

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page BB of 179

Motor voltage.. Motor rated po\\.er.. Motor rated current Motor speed Motor start method ...... Motor enclosure.......

.......3x400Y l50Hz

.. 1.1 kW .2.47 A ... 2850 rpm ...... Frequency Converter .IP 55

Galley exhaust duct shall have COz fire protection according to regulations.

Workshop & stores exhaust fan 1- Sodeca CMP 514-2T ventilator is installed

180

m'lh

centrifugal fan for duct mounting 500 Pa 2900 rpm

0.2

kw

DOL
55

Silencer on suction side of the fan is arransed.

Garbage store exhaust fan I - Sodeca CMP 514-2T ventilator is installed

Technical details:

Air
Fan

162 m3lh

Fan static pressure.

centrifusal fan for duct mounting 500 Pa

2900 rpm
..... Built-on

Motor voltage.. Motor rated power

0.2

kw

Motor start method ....... Motor enclosure............

Engine workshop welding hood exhaust fan

DOL

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 89 of 179

l -Sodeca

C\f P-718-2T ventilator is installed

Technical details:

florv Fan t,vpe Fan total pressure Fan static pressure............ Fan speed ...........
Air

1340

m'lh

..Centrifugal fan .........800 Pa ..........750 Pa ......2840 rpm

Engine workshop general exhaust fan 1-Sodeca CMP 514-2T ventilator is installed
Technical details:

Air

.....350 m'lh flow .....Direct driven centrifugal fan for duct mounting Fan type ..........500 Pa Fan static pressure............ ......2900 rpm Fan speed ...........

Motor rated power Motor rated curent. Motor start method

........0.7 A

.DOL

Emergency/harbour generator room supply fan

1-Novenco ACN- 5001230-6 ventilator is installed Technical details:

Air

flow Fan type Fan total pressure Fan static pressure............

....... 5540 m3lh

.......

Axial flow fan

.....544 Pa

..........500 Pa

lr

t t
lr

Ian elllclenc\

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 90 of 179

0-2860 rpm
Fan absorbed

r.l8 kw

t
t I t t t I I I t t t
I I

Motor start method

...

Steering Room Supply fan is Novenco CAN-4001230-6

Technical details:

Air flow

type Fan total pressure

Fan Fan static pressure............

2loo ^3lh Axial flow fan

.......425 Pa 400 Pa ...... 67%
...... 2800 rpm ... 0.37 kW

efficiency Fan speed ........... Fan absorbed power Motor voltage..

Fan

.....3x400Y l50Hz

Motor rated power Motor rated curent

Motor start method Motor enclosure...... Motor stand still heatins ........

Yes

5100 Conditioning and Heating.

51

10

Requirements

See section 5010 and 5020.

All accommodation spaces have been provided of ventilation by an air conditioning system,
which met the regulations applicable. Basic heating of the accommodation is provided through the air conditioning system. The supply temperature from the air conditioning system is regulated via IACMS according to the outdoor temperature and conditions. The temperature adjustment for the cabins is controlled from the inside of the cabin via electric reheatins.

t
t I
T

-{

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 91 of 179

Hot-water radiator heating dimensioned for the entire transmission loss shall be installed in all cabins, living rooms and u'ork spaces for individual temperature control.

5120 Refrigeratng Machinery

l

- YORK Marine refrigeration plant for direct

expansion. Capacity based on 2x50o6 of

required cooling capacity has been installed on fan room as described above:

Design data Cooling water temperature: 36oC R4044 50 Hz 400 volt 230 volt Cooling

Refrigerant: Power frequency: Power voltage: Control voltage:

Evaporation Power Condenser water Water pressure

capacity: temp: consumption: flow: drop:

2 x 84 kW 6.0oC 2 x 22.20 kW lh, 2 x 22.7 ^3 0.39 bars

The plant consists of 2 pre-manufactured and pre-assembled units for a mintmum of installation work at the Yard. The compressors with condensers, receiver and all accessories
are mounted into one unit including piping.

For top quality coating, the components have been painted with primer and topcoat before assembly, RAL colour 9006. All internal wiring on the unit is connected to a junction box.
The plant is cooled by fresh water at 36"C.

Technical data for the compressor

Compressor type Compressors qty. Data of each compressor Compressor RPM Refrigerant Evaporation temp. Condensing temp. Cooling capacity Power consumption
C}i4O 24
2

1470 6.0 0c 46.2 "C

84 kW 22.2kW R4O4A

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 92 ot 179

Capacity

steps

50. I 00 %

Compressor t-eatures: -Open type, reciprocating compressor -Crank shaft and casing of cast iron -Pressure lubrication with oil strainer -Automatic capacity regulation -Manual suction and discharge stop valve -Safety valve -Pressure transducer high- and low- pressure control -Pressure transducer oil pressure control -Control gauges for suction, discharge and oil pressure -Electric heating element in crankcase

Technical data for the compressor motor

Motor type No of motors Data for one motor Nominal motor RPM Motor power Motor IP Heater in

ABB MT-200L
2 1500

32 kW
55

ves

Technical data for condenser with built-in suction superheater / Iiquid subcooler

Number of condensers Data for one condenser Water inlet temp. Water outlet temp. Water flow
Pressure

Condenser

CRKC 271954
2

drop

36.0'C 4l .9'C 22.7 m3lhr 3.9 mwg

Condenser features

-Horizontal shell-and-tube condenser -High effcient copper tubes for freshwater -Built-in receiver with suction superheater -Removable end covers for easy cleaning of the tube side -Covers are cast iron GGG40 / SA395 with internal Rilsan coating -Shell and tube plate is HII / SA5l6 DIN 17155 / EN 10028 -Complete with inlets and outlets for water and refrigerant -Safety and purge valves -Refrigerant drier set with solid core, moisture indicator, stop valves and charging valves

Technical data for the receiver

T
I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 93 of 179

It

2 receivers built into the condensers are installed. The receivers' volume is 32 litres each. From the receiver the retiigerant passes through a dryer filter and through a sight glass with
moisture indicator.

Switchboard
switch panel, bulkhead mounted inclusive, main switch, pilot voltage supply, power ON and common alarm lamp, starters incl. ammeters for compressor motors designed for ambient temperature of 45"C. The panel includes a Mitsubishi PLC control of the plant with analogue sensors to secure a minimum power consumption of the plant, and an accurate temperature control. The PLC is loaded with YORK designed standard software and a MAC E1041 colour touch screen display for control and monitoring.
The MAC El04l colour display features: - Efficient operating from a graphical touch-screen display. - TFT-LCD 320 x 240 pixel, 64K colour display. - Status of all values, alarms and warnings can be monitored. - Operating the plant equipment, setting of modes, limits and set points. - System configuration directly on display. - Ethernet plug for connection directly to PC.
Read out on LCD display features: - Compressor discharge, suction, and oil pressures - Alarms and warnings - Trend curves showing compressor data

I Electric

t I
t t I t t
I t
t t

The PLC system is controlling: - Compressor Panel dimensions: Approx H 1000 x W 1000 x D 300 mm The switchboard is painted in RAL 7035.

HVAC Automation system I control panels, (See also Section 9000)

A complete

set of motor starters for all systems under this specification has been supplied and installed all to owner and Class approval, comprising the following:

Control panels:

A total of eleven panels made out of powder coated sheet steel plates with hinged doors are included. All panels will have running and fault indications in the front door, and push buttons for starting and stopping equipment. The starters for engine room will be grouped as a motor
control centre
Switchboard.

if this makes a better solution, except for the one powered from Emergency

t
ta

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Pase 94 of 179

Remote control panels: Galley: Poll'carbonate cabinet for bulkhead-mounting (IP54). Running lfault indication and possibility to start and stop galley' exhaust fan and also adjust the amount of airflow.

DEF-I Defroster System: Black laminated plate for flush mounting in bridge

console,

consisting of start and stop possibility, potentiometer for adjusting air flow, and polentiometer for adjusting supply air temperature.

AC-l

Control philosophy: accommodation: Supply air temperature

is controlled by u supply air

temperature

sensor.

Set point is calculated based on outside temperature by u compensating curve. Set point will then be adjusted automatically as the outside temperature varies. Return air rate can be automatically controlled from 0 - 50 oA from the IACMS system.

DEF-I Defroster System: Defroster unit will act as both defroster and as general heating supply in Wheelhouse. When used as defroster, a temperature sensor in the supply air is controlling the heating coil. When used as heating in Wheelhouse, a room sensor is
controlling the heating coil. Changeover is done manually from remote control panel in bridge
console.

AC-l.

E-4 Galley exhaust and supply: Supply air is supplied from accommodation air handling unit Supply air flow is controlled by an automatic flow control damper, which is controlled in parallel with the exhaust air by means of the E-4 Galley exhaust frequency converter.

S-5 Emergency generator room: Fan speed is controlled by a start signal from the Emergency Generator Set.

Engine room ventilation: Automatically based on one differential pressure sensor to provide a constant overpressure and a temperature sensor to take additional heat load. As an optio

manuallautomatic control from IACMS can be arranged (load curve by engine maker). Number of supply fans running should be according to load on engines. When COz fire fighting is released, IACMS should stop all supply fans and run all exhaust fans afte r CO2
release is finished.

Interface to other systems:

Emergency-Stop:

All

cabinets are prepared for one emergency shut-down signal.

IACMS:

AC-l is prepared for one signal from IACMS. This

signal can adjust the

compensation curve in the PLC. Engine Room Ventilation: All engine room fans will be prepared for starting, stopping and fan speed controlling from IACMS. Further fan fault, running and load will be available for IACMS. Reversible fan to be controlled from IACMS.
Cabinets:

I
I
I

I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 95 of 179

I t t
t
T

In general ne include all conrponents fbrwell-f'unctioning systems. However. in orderto agree on the nrain aspects. \\e pl't-rpose the following:

]ABINET NO.
Vumber
omDonent PLC
AC 1-TTxx {c l -HTO1

Svstems AC- I . R-

l.

E-

I. E-4 -- accommodation

and eallev

Description
Necessarv PLC and I/O modules to control supply air tentperature for

AC-l Calculated setnoint hnsed on inlet nir qenqnr lcnnrnenqafed\ fernperature sensors. TT0l for illlet air. alld TT02 for sunnlv air

I
I
I

I
I

{c l -HG0l {c I -FC01 {c I -HVOl

R.1

Hunlidity suard in accornfflodation sunnlv air. Limits

Frequencv convefter AC-1. I 5kW/400V 3-wav valve fbr pre heatins w/electrical actuator Frequencv converler R- | . 5.5kW/-+00V Frequencv convefter E-1. 3.OkW 1400V Frequency conveft er E -4 " 0.75kW/400V

l-luntidity sensor in accomnrodation exhaust air. Controls hurnidifler

thr

I I

-FC0l I -FC0l 4-FC0 |

CABINET NO. 2

I I
I
T

Number
I I I D

omponent
DI

.FCO4

D
D

I.HVO I I-TTO I
1.TTO2

I
I

D I-RCO I

DEF-I DtrF'ROSTtrR SYSTtrIVf Descriotion Frequencv converter DEF-l . 5.5kW 1400V llP54 (sunnlied loose) -wav valve for ore heatins w/electrical actuator Supply air temperature sensor R.oonr temnerature sensor R.emote control oanel to control heat and fbn sneed
?.-71819, 3-21314

ABINET NO. 3-8

!,lumber

omnonent
E7-FCO5

t
T

E8.FCO6 E9-FCO7
I

S2.FCO8

S3-FC09
I

S4-FC IO

F'NGINtr.RN}IVI trANS Descrintion requencv converter E -7 . 5.5kW/400V/1P54 lsunol ed loose) Frequencv convefter E-8. 5.5kW/400V/1P54 (sunol ed loose) Frequency convefler E-9. 5.5kW/400V/lP5.t ( suppl ed loose) Frequencv convefter S-2. I lkW/400V/1P54 (sunnlied loose) Frequencv convefter S-3. I lkW/400V/1P54 (supplied loose) Flecuencv converter S-4. I lKu/400V/1P54 (suonlied loose)
E-71819, 3-21314

ABINET NO. 9
Vumber
)
D

I I t t
T

omoonent

DPT

TT

SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET nNilttNItr I)r\r\[t trAr\]c Descrintion losing damners control svstem Stand-still heatins of motors Diff'erential oressure sensor femperature sensor
s-5
FTVTF'RGtrN(-Y /

ABINET NO. IO
Number
I

If ARRr)TIR lltrNtrR ATr}R qI ]PPI Y

omnonent
S5

Descrintion \4otor starter svstem

I
I

I I

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 96 of 179

I I
I

Motor Protection switches (arranged inside each room):

ospital exhaust fan

rbaqe Store exhaust fan
ine workshop weldins hood exhaust fan

I I I

encv-/Flarbour Generator room suonlv fan

These protection switches are local on/off switches with built in overload protection.

Other HVAC-systems have built-on control systems.

HVAC Automation system /control panels

Set of motor starters for all systems under this specification have been supplied, comprising the following:

i
I
I

Control panels:

A total of eleven panels made out of powder coated sheet steel plates with hinged doors are included. All panels will have running and fault indications in the front door, and push buttons for starting and stopping equipment. The starters for engine room will be grouped as a motor control centre if this makes a better solution, except for the one powered from Emergency
Switchboard.

Remote control panels: Galley: Polycarbonate cabinet for bulkhead-mounting (IP54). Runninglfault indication and possibility to start and stop galley exhaust fan and also adjust the amount of airflow.

DEF-I Defroster System: Black laminated plate for flush mounting in bridge

console, potentiometer potentiometer possibility, flow, for adjusting air and consisting of start and stop for adjusting supply air temperature.

AC-l

Control philosoph): accommodation: Supply air temperature

sensor.

is controlled by a supply air temperature

Set point is calculated based on outside temperature by a compensating curve. Set point will then be adjusted automatically as the outside temperature varies. Return air rate can be automatically controlled from 0 - 50 Yo from the IACMS system.

I I I
I

t t t
console

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 97 ot 179

DEF-I Defroster Svstem: Defroster unit will act as both defroster and as general heating supply in Wheelhouse. r'hen used as defroster, a temperature sensor in the supply air is controlling the heating coil. When used as heating in Wheelhouse, a room sensor is
controlling the heating coil. Changeover is done manually from remote control panel in bridge

E-4 Galley exhaust and supply: Supply air is supplied from accommodation air handling unit AC-1. Supply air flow is controlled by an automatic flow control damper, which is controlled in parallel with the exhaust air by means of the E-4 Galley exhaust frequency converter.
S-5 Emergency generator room: Fan speed is controlled by a start signal from the Emergency

r
I I
I I
I

Generator Set. Engine room ventilation: Automatically based on one differential pressure sensor to provide a constant overpressure and a temperature sensor to take additional heat load. Manual/automatic control from IACMS has been arranged (load curve by engine maker). Number of supply fans running should be according to load on engines. When COz fire fighting is released, IACMS should close all dampers but run all supply and exhaust fans according to DMA requirements.

Interface to other systems:

Emergency-Stop:

All

cabinets are prepared for one emergency shut-down signal.

I I

IACMS:

AC-l is prepared for one signal from IACMS. This signal can adjust the

r t t t
I
I
I I

compensation curve in the PLC. Engine Room Ventilation: All engine room fans will be prepared for starting, stopping and fan speed controlling from IACMS. Further will fan fault, running and load be available for IACMS. Reversible fan to be controlled from IACMS.

Cabinets: In general we include all components for well-functioning systems. However, in order to agree on the main aspects, we propose the following:

ecessary PLC and I/O modules to control supply air temperature for

t t t I

C 1-HGOI C I -FCO1

for inlet air. and TT02 for sunolv air rature sensors. nsor in accommodation exhaust air. Controls humidifier umiditv suard in accommodation supply air. Limits the humidification -1. 15kWl400V
-wav valve for ore heatins w/electrical actuator converter R- l. 5.5kW/400V ncv converter E-1. 3.0kWi400V

CI.HVOI
I -FC01
l

-FCOl

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 98 of 179

ABINET NO. 2
Vumber
I I I
I D D D

DEF-I

.}trFROSTFR

SYSTEM

omponent
D I .FCO+

1.HVO

I.TTO
1

-TTO2

) I -RC0l
3:8

Description requencv converler DEF- I .5,5kW 1400v llP54 (supplied loose) 3-nav valve for pre lreating w/electrical actuator Supph, air temperature sensor Room temperature sensor Retrrote control panel to control heat and fan speed
E-718/9. 3-21314

\umber
I
1

ompongnt
E7.FCO5

E8.FCO6 E9.FCO7
S2.FCO8 S3.FCO9 S4-FC IO

I
I

ENGINE ROOM FANS Description Frequency convefter E-7, 5,5kW/400V/1P54 (supp ed loose) requency converter E-8. 5.5kW/400V/1P54 (supp ed loose) requency convefter E-9, 5,5kW 1400V llP54 (supp ed loose) Frequencv convefter S-2. I l kw/400v llP54 (supplied loose) Frequenc\ convefter S-3, I lkW/400V/1P54 (supnl ed loose) Frequency convefter S-4. I I Kw/400V/1P54 (suppl ed loose) E-7l8lg, s-21314 SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET FNTl}INtr Pf--lh/t FANS Description losine dampers control svstem Stand-still heatins of motors Diff'erential pressure sensor fenlperatule sensor
s-5

ABTNET NO. 9

Number

omoonent

)
f

DPT
I

rT
ABINHT NO. IO

\umber
I

FMFRGFNCY / HARBOI
omnonent
S5

JR GENtrR

ATOR SI IPPI Y

Description Motor stafter svsten-l

s-8

ABINET NO. 1I
Number
I

omoonent
S8

ROW THRI ISTFR ROOM Description Votor starter ststenl

Motor Protection switches (arranged inside each roonr):

System
a,

-z-

E-3 E-5

-6

-10

-ll
s-5

s-6

Room/fun system Laundrv exhaust fan l-lospital exhaust f-an Workshop & Stores exhaust fan Garbaee Store exhaust f'an Engine u'orkshop weldins hood exhaust fbn Ensine Workshop General exhaust fan Enlergencr,-/Ha.bour Generator rooln supplv fan Steering room suoolv fan

I
T
T
201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 99 of 179

I I I

These protection su'itches are local on/off switches with

built in overload protection.

t
t t t
I

Other HVAC-svstems have built-on control systems.

5140 Air Conditioning Central Unit

- Novenco ZCR-l3l12 Marine type for single-pipe ducting and central heating in AHU Rooms on deck 2 on forward engine room port connected to this AHU:
Main Components: The Air handling Unit (AHU) is built together of stainless steel sheets on a frame to sturdy housing, insulated with sound-insulation material, and comprises the following: - Inlet section with rectansular duct connection - Filter section - Heating section - Humidifi cation section - Cooling section with water separator unit - Fan section - Discharge section with connection for spiro-ducts (dia.l60mm) - Base frame of hot dip galvanized steel.
Technical details:

Air Handling Unit (AHU)

t
t t t t t t I t I

flow Filter
Air
Heating coil Heating Heating Heating

12321 m3lh

Cooling coil type Cooling coil materials

- type coil - water flow coil - pressure drop coil - capacity

EU5 pocket filter Hot water (80"C in / 60"C out) 1.84 lis
30 kPa 149.0 kW

Direct expansion (2 separate sections) (tubes/fins) Cu/Al R404A (6"C evaporation) 2x83.8kW (2x50%) Centrifugal belt driven centrifugal fan 2534 Pa 2463 Pa I r.3 kw 88.7 % 2791 rpm ABB 2P MT 160 3x400V/50H2
15.0

Cooling coil refrigerant Cooling coil capacity

Fan type Fan total pressure Fan static pressure Fan absorbed power Fan efficiency Fan speed

Motor type M Motor voltage Motor rated power Motor rated current

kw

approx. 27,5 A

I I
Motor enclosure Motor starting ntethod Overall AHUs size (LxBxH) Total weight
IP54

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 100 of 179

Frequency converter 395lxl417xl5l7 mm 903 ke

Humidifier:
Humidifier type
Cline Comfort 45

capacity Humidifier maximum capacity Humidifier rated power Humidifier dimensions (HxwxD) Humidifier rated current (3x400V) Complete control system
Required humidification

kglh 45.0 kglh 33.8 kW

34.3

706x519x326 mm
48.8

Installed

Steam hose for connection of humidifier to steam pipe in

AHU

Installed

Water supply hose

Necessarv sensors

Installed Installed

Accommodation return air fan

l - Novenco CNA-400 has been supplied and installed.

Technical details: Air flow, approx

type Fan total pressure Fan static pressure Fan efficiency Fan speed Fan shaft power
Fan

6200 m'/h Direct driven centrifugal fan 960 Pa 800 Pa

70

.6 %

921 rPnr 2.5 kW

Motor type

ABB 4P M3AA

1OO

LB

Motor voltage Motor rated power Motor rated cument Motor speed Motor start method Motor enclosure

3x400V/50H2
3.0

kw

I
I
I
t

approx. 6.6 A I 430 rpm Frequency Converter IP 55

WHEELHOUSE DEFROSTER UNIT

t t
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 101 of 179

Compact defroster unit GEA {TPicco 10.05 has been installed above the ceiling in
wheelhouse. The unit consists of the tbllou'ing sections: Inlet and filter section nith ba-e t'ilter q'pe G3, length 195 mm Weight 16 kg Heating section u'ith hot nater coil. length 610 mm Weight 27 kg Fan section, length 610 nlnr. \\'eight 50 kg Technical details: Air flow, approx Heating coil - type Heating coil - water flow Heating coil - pressure drop Heating coil - capacity Fan type Fan static pressure, external Motor type

T T

1600

rn'lh

t
lr

Hot water (80"C in / 60oC out) 0.19 l/s TBA

l6 kw
Belt driven centrifugal fan 400 Pa Built-in Motor 3x400V/50H2

Ii
T

t,

Voltage Motor rated power Motor rated current Motor start method Motor enclosure Motor protection Motor stand still heating Overall AHUs size (LxBxH) Total weisht

lkw
approx. 2.5 A Frequency converter

IP 54 No No 1415x660x355 mm 93 kg

t t t

OTHER VENTILATIN/EXHAUST IN ACCOMMODATION

Sick bay exhaust fan

I - Sodeca CMP
Air

514-2T independent exhaust fan according to regulation has been installed.

Technical details:

flow Fan type

Fan static

. 344 m'/h .....Direct driven centrifugal fan for duct mounting

..500 Pa 2900 rPm

pressure............ Fan speed ........... Motor type.......

Motor voltage.. Motor rated power Motor rated current... Motor staft method ....... Motor enclosure....... Toilets exhaust fan

Built-on

.....3x400Y l50Hz 0.2 kW .0.7

..... DOL

..lP 55

t
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 102ot 179

l -Novenco C\.\--: 1 -; independent erhaust fan according to regulation has been installed. Estimated capacin and Eract capacitl'to be verified during design work.

Technical details:

r
I

approx. Fan t1'pe Fan total pressure Fan static pressure. Fan efficiency.....
Air flou'.
Fan shaft

lh . Direct driven centrifugal fan ....1063 Pa .970 Pa ....... 7 | %

0- I 965

^3

3203 rpm

Motor type

t t t
t I
I
I I
t I
I

Motor rated current Motor speed..... Motor start rnethod Motor enclosure............

il:fflJ,l?l;;;

power.... ....

0.9 kW

ABB 2P M3AA 90

i:i::lfltr
approx. 3.4 A 2850 rpm Frequency Converter .......IP 55

Laundry exhaust fan

l- Sodeca CMP 514-2T is installed. Technical details:

Air flow
Fan

250

m'lh

type

.......Direct driven centrifugal fan for duct mountins

2900 rpm

Fan static pressure.

Motor type ...... Motor voltase.. Motor rated power

Built-on 3x400V/50H2

Motor start method Motor enclosure............

DOL IP 55

5150 Air Conditioning Pipes/Ducts

See 5060.

5160 Self-contained Fan Coil Units Converter room self-contained refrigeration unit no.
1

I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 103 of 179

l-scu-E32 unit for duct connecrion is supplied and installed. Required cooling capacity: 47 kW (served by 2 units with a capacity of 24.2kW each) A block compressor with an integrated automatic capacity reglation is to be used on this unit. The compressor has 4 pistons at l00yo capacity, when S}o-of the capacity is needed, only 2 pistons will be in service.
compressor load.

Two speed motor is connected to the compressor, regulation is in interface with

24.2kW
............R404a
...... 400V l50Hzl3Ph 10.3

the

Cooling capacity Refrigerant

Power Power consumption
Size (BxDxH)

kw

...1670x700x1700 mm

Total weight
Compressor: Type Power consumption .....
Rated current.

(hermeti c/reciprocating)

Starting current
Condenser:

Design

Plate heat exchanser Fresh water ...... 4l .3oC

Cooling water medium. Cooling water inlet temperature ........ Cooling water outlet temperature ........ Maximum pressure drop.......
Evaporator:

8.39 m3/h 0.46 bar

Material

Cu/Al

Fan:

Capacity External static

Speed

Fan motor: Rated power

Rated/Starting current ......

Air filter:

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

Air heater....

.....2 x

12

kw

Converter room self-contained refrigeration unit no.2 l-SCU-E32 for duct connection is installed. Required cooling capacit_v: 47 kW (served by 2 units with acapacity of 24.2 kW each) A block compressor with an integrated automatic capacity regulation is to be used on this unit. The compressor has 4 pistons af 10006 capacity, when 50% of the capacity is needed, only 2 pistons will be in service. Two speed motor is connected to the compressor, regulation is in interface with the
compressor load.
General:

Cooling capacity Refrigerant Power Power consumption Size (BxDxH) Total weight

..24.2kW

360 kg

Compressor:

Type
Rated

(hermetic/reciprocating)
8.20

Power consumption .......

current Startins current

Condenser:

....13.5

kw A .....84 A

Design
Cooling water medium. Cooling water inlet temperature ........ Cooling water outlet temperature

.... Plate heat exchanger Fresh water

360C

41.3'C 8.39 m3lh 0.46 bar

Evaporator:

Material
Fan:

Cu/Al

Capacity External static pressure.

Speed

4720

^3lh

1215 rpm

Fan motor: Rated power Rated/Startin g current

2.2kW
4.9

l29A

Air filter:
Type

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 105 of 179

Workshop & eng stores self-contained refrigeration unit l-SCU-10 u'ith plenum and electric heater is installed.

Refrigerant Power
Power consumption (heating Size (BxDxH)

Cooling capaciq

8.4 kW

mode).......

........R404a .........400Y l5AHzl3Ph 6.4 kW 953x590x1344 mm

140 kg

Total weight
Compressor: Power consumption Rated current

3.23 kW
.....9.0

Design
Cooling water medium. Cooling water inlet temperature ........ Cooling water outlet temperature Cooling water flow Maximum pressure drop...
Evaporator:

Condenser:

Plate heat exchanger Fresh water 36"C 4l .3"C

3.24 m3lh 0.12 bar

Material
Fan:

..... Cu/Al

Capacity
Static pressure
Speed

1415

m'lh

Fan motor: Rated power Rated/Startin s current

0.37

kw
A

1.20 I 3.72

EU-4 (400x500x25 mm)

6kw
5170 Heating of Non Gonditioned Rooms
Fan heaters for technical rooms (option price)
Syst. R.oom served

FH-I FH.2
FH-3

3apacity Water flow 'kw\ ll /s\ generator r.88 0.0s8 mergencv room Fan heater \loVa VMA-42

fype

FH.4

iteer ns qear room Fan heater PS iteer ns sear room Fan heater SB nsine u,orkshon Fan heater

\oVa VMA-42 5.2 \oVa VMA-42 5.2 \oVa VMA-42 l0.l

0.072

0.072
0.1

20

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 106 of 179

FH.5
FH-6

FH.7 FH.8
FH-9

Vlain ensine room Fan heater no.l Vfain ensine room Fan heater no.2 Vfain ensine roonl Fan heater no.3 A.uxilian' Ir{achinen' room Fan heater

rorward stores Fan heater

\oVa VMA-42 15.0 NoVa VMA-42 15.0 \oVa VMA-42 r 5.0 \oVa VMA-42 ).6
NoVa VMA-52 16.5

J.179

J.t79 J.t79
c.114
c.1 95

...... 1500 m'/h Maximum capacity at design conditions............. 16.6 kW Heating coil - type....... Hot water (80" C in I 60o C out) Fan speed .... 1400 rpm Motor type ...... ...... Built-in with thermal protection 1x230Y l50Hz Motor voltage.. Fan motor rated power.... 0.12 kW 0.75 A Motor rated current... ...1P 44 Motor enclosure............ ....460x3 46x460 mm Size (BxDxH) -depth of suspension: 200mm..

Air flow

Technical details: 8 off NoVa Vlf.A-42 units

off NoVa VMA-52

Technical details:

conditions.............

Air

Maximum capacity at design Heating coil - type.......

......2844 *3lh 26.1 kW (80" Hot water C in I 60" C out) 1400 rpm Fan speed protection thermal ...... Built-in with Motor type ...... 1x230Y l50Hz Motor voltase.. 0.1 35 kW Fan motor rated power.... 0.80 A Motor rated current lP 44 Motor enclosure............ (BxDxH) mm 560x346x560 225mm.. Size -deptlr of suspension: 27 kg

flow

I pc.

5 speed fan speed selector type

NV34l

-1.5

A -1P32 for each fan heater.

5200 Provision Cooling Plants

521

0 Refrigeration Machinery

For refrigerating provision stores the following input data have been used:

Daily Store: Volume

Temp. range Vegetables Store: Volume

4.0m3

+21+80c

4.0m3

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 107 of 179

Temp.

ran,qe

*21+gog

Dry Store:

Volume Temp. range Volume Temp. range

Freezing store for meet and fish:

5.0m"'

+l5oc

3,5m3 -20oC

Refrigerant Refrigerating system Cooling water temp. Power supply

The following equipments have been installed to serve daily, vegetable and dry stores:

R-507A Direct expansion

36oC

3x400V/50H2.

One Compressor open type simple effect Bitzer make, model II-Y of the following technical characteristics, has been installed to serve dry, vegetable and daily stores:

Refrigerating efficiency at range

Speed Absorbed power

-10/+40"C

1651 Kcal/h 500 rpm

l.0kw

The following accessories have been supplied: -Services valves -High pressure presostat with manual setup -Low pressure presostat with automatic setup -High and low pressure analogical (spherical 63mm dia.) manometers -Non return discharse valve

Electric Motor:
Power

Power supply Speed Protection

I .5kW 3x400V/50H2. l450rpm

IP55

The compressor is driven by electric motor via pulley and belts. Oil separator with automatic return to compressor sump. Compressor plus electric motor are mounted on common base frame and flexible connected to the foundation.
One off water cooled condenser of the followins characteristics: Steel

Shell Tubes CUNI 90110 Brass Covers Cooling capacity 5kW Cooling surface 0.62m" 4 m3lh Max. oil flow
^

One refrigerating receiver

of l0l capacity.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 108 of 179

One charge and t-rltering station comprising of des- hydrate filter mounted in between passing valves.

Dry store stores (One unit per store)

One injection unit comprising of:

I Solenoid

valve

1 thermostatic expansion valve

Three off cut off valves One of evaporator forced type comprising of set of cupper pipes c/w cupper fins mounted in all container c/w ventilators of the following characteristics:

Refrigerating efficiency for

flow Ventilator Surface Fins step Defrosting power

Air

Dt:7oC

53lKcal/h
500m3/h
I

x230mmdiax35w

0.62m2 5mm

460w

Vegetables and Daily store One injection unit comprising of: 1 Solenoid valve 1 thermostatic expansion valve Three off cut off valves One of evaporator forced type comprising of set of cupper pipes c/w cupper fins mounted in all container c/w ventilators of the following characteristics:

Refrigerating efficiency for

Air flow

Dt:7oC

808Kcal/h
650m3/h I x27 5mmdiax9Sw 3.6m2

Ventilator Surface Fins step Defrosting power

4.8mm 500w

Also is installed: Thermostat with digital indication for temp control of the vegetable store, range -401+40"C. Three off emergency lighting c/w alarm for closed man for each store. Electric switchboard for protection and control c/w all electric components such as motors starters, emergency stops, protections, etc., is supplied and installed close to the compressors on deck 3 at accommodation entrance, as shown on GA plan.
Freezing Store for meet and fish is served by the following equipments:
One Compressor open type simple effect Bitzer make, model characteristics has been installed. Technical characteristic of the compressor:

III-Y of the following technical

Refrigerating efficiency at range -30i+40"C

585 Kcal/h

2011_09_15

Speed

04069.4.0510.01 &ge 109 of 179

Absorbed pou.er The follon'ing accessories

500 rpm

- Services valves - High pressure presostat r+,ith nranual setup -,t:ry pressure presostat with automatic setup -High and low pressure anarogicar (sphericui o:r, dia.) manometers -Non return discharge valve a
Electric Motor
Power Power supply
Speed

have been supplied:

l.Okw

r.skw
3x400y/50H2. l450rpm

Shell
Tubes Covers

Protection IP55 The compressor is driven by erectric motor via putey and belts. oil separator with automatic return to compressor sump. compressor prus erectric motor are mounted on common base frame and flexible connected the foundation. to one off water coored condenser of the forowing characteristics:
Steel

cLNr 90/t0
Brass

Cooling capacity 3kW Cooling surface 0.41m2 Max. oil flow 2 m3/h
One refrigerating receiver of 5l capacity. one charge and filtering station

valves.

to*piring of des-hydrate firter mounted in between passing

One injection unit comprising of: I Solenoid valve I thennostatic expansion valve Three off cut off valves

ventirato. Surface Fins step Defrosting power

one of evaporator forced type^ comprising of set of cupper pipes c/w cupper fins mounted in all container c/w ventirato.r or rn. ro*i?g .nu.urteristics: |3frlserating efficiency for DFT.C 627Kcal/h Air flow
8oom3/h '2m2

lx27 Smmdiaxggw
3
7

'7mm 650w

l. temp contror of the freezingstore, range -40/+40"c. crw ararmror.ror"d man in the srore. Electric su'itchboard for prection and control c/w allelectric components stafters' emergency stops, protections, such as motors etc., is suppried and instailed .ro* on deck 3 at accommodation to the compressors entrance, as shown on GA pran.

Thermostat with digital indication Three off emerg.nq righting

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 1 10 of 179

5230 Defrosting Electric heaters have been arranged on the evaporators of all stores for de-frosting.
s210.
See

5300 Hull piping, General

Piping requirements in general see section 7100.

5330 Pipes, Materials and Types

ThestandardsasgiveninsectionsTl80 and7181 havebeenappliedunlessotherwiseagreed. 5340 Valves and Fittings, Material and Types
The standards as given in section 7182 have been applied unless otherwise agreed. As far as it was possible. the same make and type of valve has been used for all similar valves in the vessel.

5350 Pipe Assembly and Supports

pipes have been suitably supported, with pipe hangers and fittings according to Builder's standard approved by the Owner and Class. As far it was possible and especially in places where increased vibration level is expected flexible type of fitting has been used.

All

5360 Insulation and Heat Tracing of Pipes

Sanitary piping schematics are shown on as-built drawings: Grey & black water discharging arrangement 5220 Decks 3&.4 Cool & hot water supply to accommodation No. 5446

No.

No. No.

5222-A 5222-4

Grey and black water piping arrangement

bellow decks 5 &. 6 Page
1

Grey and black water piping amangement

bellow deck 4 Page 2 Water fifi systern inside accomlnodation No. 5448 07017.01.5640 0l Waste water system 0701 7 .01 .561 0.01 Sanitary FW system 0701 7 .01.5760.01 Fire and deck wash system

All

sanitary water pipes in the accommodation are insulated.

Not external water pipes are arranged. If, for technical reasons, external water pipes are installed, they are protected against freezing either by insulation and trace-heating or by
ensuring that the pipes are drained when not in use.

5370 Protection of Pipes

201 1 -09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 111 of 179

Pipes are suitahlr pr..tected aeainst cold conditions and from mechanical damage in exposed
areas.

Expansion bends bellous and or tlerible couplings have been used where pipes are exposed to stresses due to temperature variations or due to hull deflections. The piping installation has been sun'e1'ed during building process and approved by both Class and Owner.

5380 Valves for Quick Closing System

Quick closing valves have been installed on fuel and lubricating oil tanks as per rules. The operating position has been located at main deck level, close to the engine room entrance.

5390 Pressure Testing

Pressure testing has been carried out in accordance approved by Class witnessed by Owner representative. See Section 0600 Test and Trial.

with Class rules and surveyed

and

5400 Ballast, Bilge and Drainage 5410 Ballast and Bilge Arrangement
Ballast and bilge system is shown on as-built dwg. No. 070170.01.5430.01 Rev E. One bilge/ballast pump Desmi make, vertical in line, selfpriming, model PVLNl065/D02 of 3 5 cum/h at 2 .5bar . Second ballast (heeling purnp) is installed Desmi make, vertical in line, selfpriming, model PVLNl065/D02 of 35cum/h at2.5bar. The heeling purnp services mainly the heeling tanks, but is cross connected with the main ballast/bilge pump. The Ballast/Bilge system is arranged for local manual operation and remote operation from the IACMS. Valve chests for bilge suctions and fbr ballast tanks are installed in the engine room and arranged for nranual-local and remote operation. Remote control is arranged with a pneumatic valve system. capacity has been installed in the engine room. The oily water separator is complying with (certificates have been handled to Owner). One The bilge water separator and oil meter have EC compliance certificate issue by Germanischer Lloyd according to IMO MEPC.107 (49) and certificate according to MED 96l98lEG.

(l) bilge water separator RWO SKIT S 1.0 of lcum/h c/w oil meter OMD-2005,

The Ballast/Bilge pumps take suction from the bilgeiballast main line and discharge overboard and to the bilge water tank. The bilge water separator will pump from the engine
room and bilge water tank and discharge overboard. The bilge water tank is also to be emptied ashore by the sludge pump Desmi make 8L375 Eccentric Screw type, 5cum/h 2bar.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 112ot 179

5420 Ballast Piping incl. Valves and Fitting

Suction bell mouths have been fitted in all suctions for ballast tanks, flange mounted. For sea inlet and overboard pipes. see section 7320 and 7330. See As-built dwg. No.070170.01.5430.01 Rev E. Bilge and ballast system.

5430 Bilge Piping incl. Valves and Fittings Bilge piping, valves and fitting have been provided according to dwg. No. 070170.01.5430.01
Rev E. The design, layout and workmanship have been surveyed and approved by both Class and Owner.

5440 Scuppers and Drains General

Scuppers and drains in sufficient numbers and of adequate size have been installed in the lowest position for effective drainage of decks, gutter-ways, floors, sanitary installations, etc. according to Owner requirements and approved by him. The Scupper and drains have been arranged according to dwg.07017.01.5440.01 Scuppers and drains Rev.D.

5460 Interior Gutter-ways and Scuppers Gutter-ways behind linings in the accommodation deck house sides have been arranged, scuppers with pipes led to decks below and with brass plugs in house sides at deck level.
5487 Floor Drains Sufficient drains have been arransed in the followins rooms: - Bath rooms - Toilets ' Changing rooms - Provision store rooms Position and quantity of scuppers have been approved by the Owner. Floor drains shall be led to the black water tank by the sewage system. 5490 Sanitary Drains and Galley Drains
The system shall drain toilets, washbasins, showers, galley sinks and dish washing machine,
etc.

All

above mentioned drains have been led to the sewage system. Drains from the galley are
are provided with standard water traps, accessible from the floor for

fitted with a grease trap.

All gravity drain scuppers

cleaning.

5500 Filling, Sounding, Venting, Heating of Tanks

Venting and manual sounding of tanks are shown on d*9.07017.01.5520.01 Rev.D Air and sounding pipe, MGO Bunker and transfer system No. 07017 .01.7421.01 Piping requirements in general see sectio n 7 700, 71 80 and 7l 8 I .

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 113 of 179

5510 Filling Pipes System

One (1) bunker station has been arranged on open deck 3 on SB side aft of ECR on open deck, position has been approved b1-the Owner. The bunker station has house connections for fuel bunker, lube oil bunker. fresh u,ater bunker, sludge and sewage discharges and international shore connection. The FW filling connection is clearly marked and separated from the other connections.

5520 Air lOverflow Pipes

All tanks and void spaces are fitted with air pipes and air caps according to Class Rules and
Load Line Regulations.

Air pipes from MGO tanks have been connected to a common air and overflow system.
Overflow alarm is fitted. Spill trays according to rules and regulations and approved by the
Class and Owner have been arranged.

Air pipes from FW tanks are led above Upper Deck and fitted with water excludin g air caps with stainless steel gauze screen. Air pipes from ballast tanks and void spaces have been led to above Upper Deck and fitted
with water excluding air caps. Sea chests are provided with DN 50 air pipes. All air pipes from water tanks and sea chests have been produced with hot galvanized
seamless pipes.

Air pipe from the sewage tank

has been led to the top of the wheelhouse deck, and is produced of hot-galvanised seamless pipes. Air pipe from lubricating oil tank has been placed in the coaling station.

5530 Sounding Pipes

AII tanks, void spaces, chain lockers, etc.,, have been provided with sounding pipes in accordance with Class requirements and approved by the Owner and Class. See d*g.
0701
7

.01 .5520.01 Rev.D

Air

and sounding pipe.

See also 7170 Tank Outfit.

5600 Service Piping Systems For piping requirements in general see section 7100.

5610 Sanitary Water System

shore connection for filling the FW tanks is provided at the bunker station, starboard side, aft. Additional 25mm diameter shore supply connection is led to the fresh water tanks through a water softener, feeding into the tanks via ball float valves. Fresh water is supplied from a sanitary fresh water hydrophore unit installed in the forward

auxiliary space. The sanitary fresh water pumps draw from the fresh water tanks and supply the water through the hydrophore tank to consumers and to the sanitary hot water system.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paoe 114 ot 179

The systenl shall suppll accontnlodation. galley, laundry and change room with both cold and hot water: cold \\arer tbr deck sen'ices, and hot water for the water spray nozzles above wheelhouse n indo\\ s. Larger pipes in the sanitary \\ ater system shall be hot galvanized steel pipes or Cu-pipes, while smaller pipes shall be Cu pipes. Both cold and hot water pipes are insulated to avoid sweating and heat loss. Small stop valves of ball t1'pe have been installed before each tap. The installation and la1'out is shown on Waste water system No.07017.01.5610.01. FW hydrophore Pumps Two (2) electrically driven pumps Grundfoss make vertical in-line, cast iron housing and st.st. impeller model CR 3-12 of 2.5cumlh and 6 bar are installed; one of them is in case of redundancy. Pumps are designed and produced for continuous operation. FW hydrophore Tank One (l) stainless steel hydrophore tank of 1001 with pressure alarm is installed. Hot Water Circulation Pumps Two (2) electrically driven pumps, Grundfoss make vertical in-line, cast iron housing and bronze impeller, model TPE 65-24014-S of 3Zcumlh 2 bar have been supplied and installed: one of them is for redundancy, designed and produced for continuous operation.

5620 Sanitary Water Treatment To produce, steril ize and treat the FW on board, the following equipments are supplied and
installed. One off osmosis type fresh water making machine GEFICO maker model AQE-I5D is to be installed, max. production l2cumlday, content of NaCl less than 500mg/l and not organic material.

unit uV MINI 5000s. Compact de-calcified unit Fleck 5600 model CRV-3OL. The unit includes electronic automatic control c/w software adjusting possibilities and control of treatment water. Chf orate unit PCA-320 , clw continuous Cl measurentent, Cl injection pump, 50p filter.
pressure gauge.

uv sterilization

De-chlorate automatic filter DC-l 32-125 with automatic electronic chlorate control, fiequency between washing from l to 7 days, not stopping the supply of water-chlorine during washing
process.
See also:

No. 5446

Cool & hot water supply to accommodation

5630 Technical Fresh Water SYstem Water for consumers in machinery spaces is supplied by the sanitary cold water system throush vacuum breakers. Technical FW transfer pump Grundfoss maker vertical inline cast iron housing and st.st. impeller model CRl-8 has been installed capacity of I .5cum lh and 4 bar pressure. The pump is to be used for transfer of cooling water. 5640 Waste Water System A common black and grey water vacuum system has been arranged. Vacuum pipes are of stainless steel of the socket and spigot type. The fire integrity of different

201 1-09_15

fire zones has been .'bsen eJ and rhe installation approved by the owner and class.
See also:

04069.4.0510.01 Page 1 15 of 179

No. 5220
No. 5222-A

Grer &

black rvater

discharging affangement

arrangement Decks 3&4

Grer and black u'ater piping belloudecks5&6pagel

No. 5222-4
07017.01 .5640 0l

Grey and black water piping arrangement belf orv deck 4 Page 2
Waste water system

vacuum lines for black and grey water have been installed strictly in compliance with the JET's An adequate number of cleaning plugs have been fitted in all waste water pipes. euantity and position have been
approved by the Owner. The WC is to be Jets 64 FD/VPC-V w seat and cover recommendations and approved by the owner.

discharge directly to sewage water treatment plan or to sewage storage tank. The waste water is collected in bioreactor maker Gertsen A Olrfren A.S. model MBR 020 BG-V capable of processing both black and grey water produced by l2persons on board. Designed Hydraulic load 3.70cum lday Designed organic load l.50KG BOD5/day The G+O bioreactor is a biological sewage treatnrent plan working on a fixed bed principle, corrstructed to meet the rules and regulations described in MARpoL 7317g and approved according to IMO MEPC 2 (fV) In order to keep pipes, tanks and other objects clean and maintenance free, DpT Cap pump is supplied and installed, controlled by automatically chemical feeding system.
Sewage discharge Pump One (l) electrically driven centrif-ugal pump is installed with local and remote control and high and very high alarm connected to IAMCS. The pump is Desmi make horizontal selfprinting, cast iron housing and bronze impeller, rnodel SA35-135/A07 capacity of l0cum/h and 2 bar pressure.

The JET vacuum discharge system model JET I5MBA with two of vacuum pumps is installed. Serial.No. of each pump 610268 and 610 270. The drain water and water fronr galley' washbasin, and other grey water producers are gravity draining on l6 I grey water tanks with high and low level switch to start and stop the vacuum pumps. The Jet pumps
can

"lily"

data sheet No.6126.

5700 Fire Extinguishing

The following fire extinguishing systems have been provided in areas listed below:

Accommodation: - Fire and deck wash system - Portable extinguishers according to the Rules - CO2 system fbr galley hood

Machinery spaces: CO2 systelll for the Engine roon.l

Fire and deck wash svstenr

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 1 16 of 179

57 10

Portable and other exringuishers according to rules

Fire-Fighting Requirements

All fire

systems. including fire extinguishing equipment and fire alarms, fully comply with the relevant regulations and have been approved by owner and Class. International shore connections are arranged at bunker stations.

5720 Fire and Safety Plan

A plan showing location and type of

5730 Fire Detection System

emergency equipment

is arranged on different

accommodation areas and at Vessel access in two water resistant containers provided.

A fire detection alarm station Deckma AFMS 3000 approved by DNV is installed. The station is including the following modules:
Transformer TROl -E Power source NMOl-E Detection AFM0I -E Out let AMOl -E There one main control and tnonitoring panel AHT 01E fitted port of forward console in the bridge and one slave panel PTO1-E, fitted in ECR. Throughout the vessel heat and smoke sensors are installed. Heat detectors: 60-l 00"C ABC-E Smoke detectors for dry spaces: ALG-E Smoke detectors for wet spaces: ALG-E All detectors are mounting in YBN-R3 base type. General alarm push buttons are arranged in suitable positions approved by the Owner and
Class.

5740 Fire Control Station

A Fire Control

Station is amanged in the Wheelhouse, with all necessary emergency stops. ventilation and pump shut off,, fire dampers and fire door shut off, fire pump controls, etc; all approved by the Owner and Class. Slave controls are located on ECR too.

5750 Portable Fire Extinguishing Equipment Portable fire extinguishers have been supplied and mounted. Spare cartridges have been supplied to fulfil SOLAS and DMA Notice B. Fire hoses with nozzles are placed in hose stations; Lockers in the accommodation; GRP
boxes elsewhere. Exterior hose stations are protected against water and direct sun light. Position of all fire equipments is shown on dwg. No. 070 l7 .01 .5720.01 Fire control plan.

5760 Fire and Deck Wash Main A main fire sr stem is provided with hydrants for f-rre extinguishing and deck washing. The flre nrain is supplied r,r,ith waterfiorn two (2) fire & deck wash pumps: one (l) located in

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 117 of 179

the engine room and one

emergencl' su-itchboard.

( 1)

located

in forecastle stores room and supplied from

the

See dwgs. No. 0701 7 .01 .5720.01 Fire control plan and No.07017.01.5760.01 Fire and deck wash system Rer'.F

Fire and Deck Wash Pumps Two (2) electrically driven, horizontal self priming, centrifugal pumps, Desmi maker with bronze housing and impeller capacity of 25cum/h 6 bars each have been supplied and installed. Pumps are flexible mounted on separate foundations. Installation and testing have
been approved by both Class and Owner.

The fire main is installed in such a way that it is self draining. An adequate number of drain cocks have been fitted in places requested by Owner.

COz high pressure central system consisting of 11 COz bottles containing 45 kg of CO2 gas each. supplied by UNITOR, has been installed. The system for protection of spaces as separate fire zones:

5770 COz System

. . . .

Engine Room. EnEine and welding workshop Converter Room Paint Locker

The release cabinets have free access from open deck and have been out with COz Room (DMA rules).

Locker for 1 supply cabinet and 4 release valves cabinets were arransed at deck 3 aft of
accommodation entrance.
COz room allocate I 1 CO2 bottles, 5 main valves and 5 spectacle/blind flanges.

CO: room is insulated for storing bottles in temperature not exceeding 40"C c/w independent exhaust ventilator. According to DMA requirement, the release of COz is not delayed as normal practice and Class reqirement. Note on ntemo to the Owner has been inserted.
Pressure switch on hieh pressure manifold is connected to IAMCS for automatic sound while pressure is detected in-th CO2 manifold (DMA rules).

All

exposed pipes are seamless hot galv anized and

all fittings are of

corrosion-resistant

material. Independent CO2 system has been install in corridor before engine room entrance aft approve bv DNV. DMA and Owner.

5780 Fire Monitors

The Vessel has not a Class notation as a fire-fighting vessel. Nevertheless, the following equipments have been installed and approved by the Owner.

PUMP driven by electric motor of the following characteristics:

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 1 18 of 179

Horizontal centrifugal pump Stainless steel housing and bronze Impeller Pump and motor including elastic coupling are mounted on common base frame supported to Vessel structure via elastic chocks
Pump model: Etanorm C080-250C10. standard pump according to EN733 Suction Nominal dia: DN 100 Discharge Nominal dia: DN80 Electric motor installed power: 75kW

Ac{ual fiow rate Actal developed head Power absorbed Pump speed of rotation NPSH required Permissible operating pressure Discharge press.

Efficiency

200.00 m3/h 95.58 rn 78.2 ola 68.40 kW 2975 rpm 6.10 m 16.00 bar.g 9.64 bar.g

2 WATER MONITOR installed in the

Wheelhouse top deck approved by the Owner with the following characteristics: Manual water monitors type MX 2000 / DN 65 - Hand wheel manual control - Manual adjustable jet lfognozzle - All in RG 2 gun metal bronze - DN65 inlet flange Capacity: up to 120 m3lh at 80 mlc

in position selected and

5800 Hydraulic Systems

5810 General In general,, hydraulic systems have been designed and installed supplier's requirements and recommendations.

in

accordance

with

the

Piping Material Pipes on deck < A38mm are of stainless steel; otherwise, seamless steel pipes have been used. All hydraulic exposed pipes and fittings are stainless steel. Below deck, pipes for remote controlled valves are of stainless steel, while all other pipes may
be seamless steel pipes.

5820 Hydraulic Power Packs

The hydraulic power packs have been supplied by Rapp Hydema. See 3260. The power pack in the fbrward auxiliary machinery room shall serve the two anchor winches and the two mooring winches.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 1 19 of 179

5830 Precautions aganst Noise in Hydraulic Systems All hydraulic components have been selected with great emphasis on low noise generation. The entire hydraulic system is resiliently mounted applying soft rubber isolators and stiff foundations. This applies to both the pump unit and the piping system. Hydraulic pipes are suspended in lined pipe clamps, and all bulkhead lead-ins are executed as anti-vibration leadin packing bushings.

At all loads the structure borne noise DNV Class notation COMF-V(l).
6000 MACHINERY EQUIPMENT

generated by the hydraulic complied vibration levels for

6000 Machinery General All capacities of equipment, pipe diameters and surface areas mentioned in this specification are as built, the equipments' general characteristics are to be reflected here, and diameters. valves type, etc., in as-built drawings. The detailed characteristics of all equipments have been reflected in manuals that have been delivered with the Vessel and approved and accepted by'
the Owner.

6010 Engine Room Arrangement

The Engine Room affangement has been approved by the Owner. Equipments are placed to fulfil requirements of accessibility and maintenance facilities. The E. room arrangement is shown in dwg. No.000108 Machinery and equipment layout Rev.5.

6020 Machinery Requirements

All

machinery has been designed, produced and installed for normal operation with unmanned engine room to reach the Class notation E0. Torsional vibration calculations for the propulsion system and the diesel generator sets have been calculated by the respective suppliers, and have been approved by the Class and Owner consultant OSK.

6030 Design Gonditions If not otherwise stated the svstems are calculated for the followins conditions:
Ambient air temperature range Engine room temperature Seawater temp Ambient air pressure Relative humiditv -200c to +35"c
+450C

+27"C 1000 mbar

70%

6040 Noise Sources Due to the very strict noise requirements in the vessel all major noise sources - reduction gears, diesel generators. propulsion motors and hydraulic units (see section 5830) - are designed/constructed/chosen with special regard to low structure-borne noise and vibration
source strengths.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

reference to test bench measurements andlor data from measurements on siniilar installations in other ships. The diesel eneine and alternator are mounted on a common bed-frame,, which is resiliently mounted appll ing soft rubber isolators according to MAN recommendations and supplied together u'ith the sets. The engines ae fitted with effective exhaust silencers of the reactive/absorption ty'pe as described in section 7220. See also d*9.No.000103 Location for Generators & silent-blocks.

t" r,rppil..t..'t'"-".q"ry.
of the equipnrents supplied. br

ffi#

Electrical Propulsion motors In order to reduce the structural borne noise transmitted by electric motors and gearboxes. both gear-box and motors are mounted on a common frame c/w elastic coupling in between. The base franre is supported by soft rubber shocks fitted to stiff structural foundation as shou' on dwg. No.07017.02.2022.03 Gear Foundation and dwg.No. 31665 Shafting arrangement.

6050 Instruments and Gauges The builder has provided all demanded gauges, thermometers, indicators, counters, etc.. required to reach the Class notation E0, on all main and auxiliary machinery and piping systems, additionally gauges and automatisms according to Owner demands have been installed. All instrumentation for control and monitorins of machinerv svstems has been
approved by both Class and Owner.

6060 Heat Balance Heat balance for cooling water and central heating systems has been prepared by KEH
approved by Owners consultant OSK.

and

6100 Main Propulsion Machinery For main generator sets - see section 8l

I0

For electric propulsion motors - see section 8380 For frequency converters - see section 8330

6200 Power Transmission System 6210 Reduction Gear 2 off Reintjes make reduction gearboxes have been supplied and installed. Model: AF-l 173
Serial No. K73979 and K73980 Reduction ratio: 6.850 : I Vertical outset: 73Omm Rotation: I clockwise second anti clockwise. Ice Class lC, maximum permitted input torque from motors 9582Nm Not reversible and not clutched.

6220 Gouplings
Flexible couplings have been supplied by Vulkan as follows: One flexible menrbrane type coupling is arranged between electric propulsion motor and

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 121 of 179

gearbox, the nrain characteristic are: Type: METALFLEX

Size: 170 Execution: Shaft-Shaft Nominal torque: 12.00 kNm Dimensional dwg: lW0l2Rl00l Revl

characteristics are: Type: Highly flex. RATO-R Size: G-321T-R Dimension group : G-321 0-R Constructive series: Special Execution : Flange-Flange Nominal Torque: 80.00 kNm Dimensional dwg: 1G321 0R020

For installation between gear box and intermediate shaft the Vulkan Rato, the main

6230 Propeller and Shafting

The Vessel is provided with two (2) off four-bladed, fixed pitch propellers of NIALBR.

Dia. Geometry Ice Class Propeller rpm Sense of rotation

Propeller

2700mm High Skew Class ISO 4g4ll

I

262 rpm Inward

The propellers have been tested at Force.

Shafting arrangement is shown on dwg. No. 3 1655 Shafting Arrangement approved by Class
and Owner.

Strength strength Elongation Resilience Strength strength Elongation Resilience

Yield
Tensile Strength Yield strength
characteristics: Tensile

The tail shaft is of diam. 3lOmm with successive reduction the following mechanical characteristics: Tensile min. 600N/mm2 Yief d min 300N lmm2

to 223mm fabricated in

steel with

lB%
27J (-10"C)

The intermediate shaft diam. l95mm fabricated in steel with the following mechanical
min. 540N/mm2 min 285N lmm2
17% 27J (-10oC)

Shafts in between and with the thrust bearings and elastic coupling are jointed via tie coupling as shown on d*g. No. 31655 Shafting arangement Pos.3 with the following technical characteristics:

min. 600N/mm2 min 300N lmm2

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paoe 122of 179

Elonsation

lSoo

6240 Stern-tube with Bearings

Oil lubricated stern-tubes and shatt cover tubes have been installed with gravity tanks for pressurising the stern-tubes. The inboard shaft seal and the outboard shaft seal at the aft end of
the A-bracket are of Balio-Manelip type size 330 A-240F as shown on dwg. No. 31655
Shafting arrangement Det. 1. A rope guard with knives has been installed see also DET.I. A-brackets with liners for white metal bearings have been arranged. The liners are epoxy cast in the A-brackets. There, to absorb the thrust a thrust bearing Rubber Design maker has been installed between frames 24 and26. Just aft of tail shaft. Thrust bearing dimensional dwg. No. 502-6007-001 The rubber design thrust bearings have the following characteristics: Model: type T86, Article code SL860031401 24OkN Thrust load (continuous) Max. 295kN Bollard pull (shoft term load) Max. I 92kN Thrust load astern 30.000h Bearing life time l0 l/min Cooling water flow min. 50 l/min Cooling water flow max. 40'c Maximum inlet cooling water temp. I,0Bar Cooling water max. pressure IEC 751 Class B PT-I00 Temperature sensor Two off radial bearings per shaft line as shown on dwg. No.31655 Shafting arrangement have been supplied and installed. The radial bearings are of Cedervall make type: CED 210 according to dwg. No. CED210.195.00.

6270 Propeller Control

The propulsion/propeller control has been supplied by Rexroth (Bosh Group) type Marex OS II remote control system. There, 5 control stations are arranged: one on conning station forward wheelhouse console, two wing and one aft consoles of the Wheelhouse, and one on ECR. The system apart of all interfaces Can bus cables, etc., is mainly comprising: 5 Control head, type 230 20 Operating modules type 231 free, horizontal on all stations l0 operating modules type 231, horizontal, on all stations (alarm/test, take over, spe. function,

dimmer, etc.)
Short description:

The electric remote control Marex OS

II affects with 4-12-20mA signal the frequency

converters. Remote control system consists of five heads and two MPCs, which are connected by CAN bus cables. CAN bus protocol secures an extremely safe control sequence.

6400 Boiler
One (1) oil fired water heater Pyro make has been supplied, complete with fully automatic
burner for MGO.

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 123 ot 179

The (E1129) P\ RO HOT

\\.{TER BOILER 291KW

includes:

Automatic conrr.rl srsrenr in cctrdance uith DNV requirements forthe class assignment E0, and includes alarnts tirr ltrr \\eter-le\el. high temperature and flame and ignition failure. Necessan'tlierntostats. thernl-hr drt-"'nreter and water-level safety switch are also included. 2 pcs. Safet'r'alves and I pc. Oil t'ilter is separately installed. Fully automatic oil burner suited tor MGO. max 6 cstl2} deg.C Included: 2 Pc. Coil inserr for heating of sanitary water, each with capacity 35 lnin water of
70 deg.C.

(E 157441004) I PC 4xlOKW EL.ELEM. 3x400V MOLTNTED c/w control installed in the

water heater control panel rvith automatic equip. Accessories: 2 MANUAL PUMP STARTERS Installed in the water heater control panel

(162s) l PC 100 LTR EXP.TANK TYPE (E 4730r ) 1 PC SPARK ARRESTOR DN300 (1122-3) CIRC.PUMP uP20-62N 31400150 (As ring circ. pump for hot sanitary water) HEAT EXCHANGER PLATE, APPR. 4OO KW, AISI 3I6

6500 Fresh Water Generator

See Section 5620.

6610 Pump Material for Water

On this section all pumps installed are summarized to facilitate the objectives of this
specification. Other subsequence sections where any pump is mentioned are to be addressed to this one.

Capacity
Po
S

Material
RPM
Type

Particulars

No

M3/h

Head bar

Pump

Casing

Impeller

Moto

rKW

Suction delivery

Bilge / Ballast Pump

35

2.5

2830

Vefiical Vertical Vertical

pump

in-line )vLNl065lD02 in-line )vLN1065lD02 in-line

selfsel self:

punrp selfprimirig pump selfbriming

Bronze Bronze
Cast iron Cast iron

Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze

5.5

65165

I-leeling FW
condenser

Purnp

35
2

2.5
4

2830
I

5.5
0.5 5

65t6s 50/50 J)/J ) 70t50 70t50

4 7
9

cooling
discharge

23

400

?vLN1050lAl2
;A35-135/407
;70-50-2201D02 \70-50-2201D02

Sewage
DUr"nl)

l0
25 25 4

2830 2905 2905

Horizontal
nrimins

2.2

Dulr-ID

Fire fighting pump

Horizontal Horizontal
Hand pump

nriming Dunlp primins pump

Bronze Bronze
Cast iron

l5
t5

l0
1t

E,mergency.
fishtins DumD Hand nump

Fire

fvue A/2 in-line in-line in-line in-line

l'vl
Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze
44

t2

Sea water
cooler

ccntral cenlral

252
62 380 380

4 4

t47A 2905

Vertical
pump

{sLl504l5lD02
{sL80-21s1D02

Bronze Bronze
Cast lron Casl rron

200/l 50
80/80 200t150
200/1 50

l3

Seau'atcr
hotel cooling

Vertical
DUlnD

l5
67

l6
t7

Ll'
DUNlD DUNID

FW

Cooling Cooling

1
1

t475
t47
5

Vertical
DUlnD

{sLl50-415 \sl-l50-415

LT FW

Vertical
DUmp

6/

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 124 of 179

t8

Booster pumps : Fueloiltransl-er I

-:
li

-.
:

;,

Internal
pump

gear gear

GP4I EFM GP66EFM

F.L375

Cast iron Cast iron Cast iron Cast iron Cast iron Cast iron Cast iron Casl lron

Carbon
steel

l"l
5.5

40t40 65t65 65/50 32t32

t9
20

l-l-{rr Internal punlp

15

Carbon
steel Stainless steel

2l
22 23 24

Sludgepump I Lube oil transtbr I

pump

Eccentric screw

l.l l.l
1.1

lJ{,tt,l

Internal
pump

gear

GP33EFM

Carbon
steel Stainless steel

FW
pumps

H1'drophone

-)

,
') -)

lE3(,) 860 830

Vertical
pump

inline inline inline inline

cR3-12
TPE65-240/4-S CR 5-9

l'71"
)U/)U

Hol u'aler circulation pump

FW preheating pump
central coolers

\ertical
pump

Bronze
Stainless steel Stainless steel

)
1.5

Vertical
pump

l.l
0.55

1"/1"

25

FW cooling
transfer putnp

water

2850

Vertical
pump

CRI.8

l"il"

6620 Pump Material for Oil

See 6610

6630 Centrifugal Pumps

See 6610

6650 Rotary Positive Displacement Pumps

See 6610

6670 Hand Pumps

See 6610

6800 Engine Room Outfit and Equipments

6820 Flexible Mounting of Machinery In accordance with noise requirements:, flexible mounting of machinery components shall be arranged. The chocks have been delivered by Vulcan for gearbox and propulsion motors, for
GEN-SET the manufacture and for main cooling pumps have been supplied by Desmi. Small auxiliary eqLripments chocks have been supplied by Vibrachoc and Rubber Design.

6830 Drip Trays

Drip trays with proper height have been arranged around all oil components, such as oil burners, oil transfer pumps, separators, oil tanks, etc. All drains are led to the waste oil tank. The position size and construction of trays have been approved by both Owner and
Class/DMA.

A well illuminated, sound insulated and air-conditioned engine control room has been
arranged as shown on General Arrangement plan. The following has been installed in ECR: Engine control desk with NORSAP 1500 chair Writing table with one chair (suitable for PC) Main switchboard and 220Y section

6840 Engine Control Room

Self-contained air condition unit Book shelves

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 125 oI 179

Alarm panels Operating s\srem and suneillance of i.a. engines and stabilizers Panel section u ith lamp-indication that gives a quick overview of equipment that is running (pumps. motors. etc.) 400V 230\'nrain Su'itchboard Automation Rack SAI su'itchboard and other small auxiliary lighting boards.

6900 Maintenance and Repair Facilities

6910 Lifting Gear and Arrangement One (1) electrically operated travelling crane is arranged above the main engines; capacitl.
approximately 2000 kg. One (1) manually operated travelling crane is arranged in the workshop; capacitl' approximately 2000 kg. The arrangement and way of rails for travelling cranes have been supervised and approved by' the Owner. Heavy lifting eyes shall be provided above all other large equipment.

6930 Workshop wth Outfit

The layout of the Workshops have been surveyed by the Owner and approved. Tool
equipments have been supplied by Berg&Larsen A.S.

and

-SK 40 dry-storage cabinet -230 V, 0000 515 102 with 4 removable shelves for storing electrodes. The electrodes should be stored without packing. The cabinet is equipped with a thermometer, thermostat and control lamp Temperature range 50-180'C Capacity: 120kg, Storage temp.: 50-l80oC, Drying temp: N/A Voltage: 230V, Output: 0.7kW, Outer dimension (WxDxH): 530x640x750mm, Inner dimension (WxDxH): 47 0x5 1 0x520mnr -1 1 pcs Industrial painting (Powder) of tool boards. Size 660 x 1000 mm. -Welding equipment, Manufacturer: NEDERMAN c/w I off Suction/ventilation telescopic arm (0.9 - 1.6 m) with oval "original head" -Fuel Nozzle Test Benchl pc Bosch Nozzle Tester H- S/KDEP 994 -One off Grinding Machine Beltsander SCANTOOL75X2000 4.1 incl. exhaust -4 off Working table BLIKA VV-3(130F0001) -3 pcs Empty tool cabins 1000x600x1950H mm nr. KA1460.00.40 16 -13 pcs Shelf no. KA2441.00.03 05 -5 pcs Drawer l75H mm no. KA2987.00.59 21 -3 pcs Drawer Subdivision no. KA2987.00.63 05 -l off Electrician test panel Manufacturer: SEMCO, type "Maxi" standard version Colour: RAL 7032light grey as standard -l off welding table Manufacture: V-AA-GRAM Type No: SB 1250 -l pc Welding table SB 800 Colour RAL 5007 - I pc Table plate 400 mnt for vice mounting - I part cleaners_Manufacturer: MARINE-TECHNIK-Type No: 201M mounted with wheels. 230V Iil 50 hZ

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 126 of 179

- I off n'elding equipment: Vanut-acturer:

- 1 pc Stationan':

ESAB

I pc Transportable: Caddy Arc, l5l i, 150

amp.: 22AV connector.. incl. \\-elding cable

Ori,eo Ac 300 400V ,25 amp.Fuze. - 4 pcs Drop-for-ee Vice - B: 150 mm - 1 off 30 m welding cable with handle Radaflex black, 70 mmz, max 350 amp - 1 off pillar-drilling-machine Manufacturer: WEISS INTRUMENT; WDMP30F incl x-y table Included: Drill chuck Coolant system Spindle power feed. - 1 off lathe COLCHESTER model Student 2500

WORKSHOP OUTFIT

I pc Workshop tool board 660 x1000 mm; Part No A I pc Al toolset: unc. thread I pc a2 toolset metric thread

I set ba6 toolset

1 pc Workshop

npt. thread

tool board 660 xI000 mm; Part No B

I set toolset 84 I set toolset 85

1 set

86 toolset bsp thread

I set toolset 87
I
pc workshop tool board 660

1000 mm; Part No

I set toolset K26 I set toolset K27

I pc Workshop tool board 660 x I set toolset C l0
1000 mm; PartNo C

I set toolset

Cgl9

2 pc Workshop tool board 660 I set toolset Dl I

1000 mm; Part No D

I set toolset D12

I pc Workshop tool board 660 x 1000 mm; Part No E I set toolset El4 I set toolset E I 3 I pc Workshop tool board 660 x1000 mm; Part No F

I set toolset F15/16

I pc Workshop tool board 660 x1000 mm; Part No G
1 set toolset G17 1 set toolset Gl8

I set toolset Gl9

I pc Workshop tool board 660 xl000mm;
Part No H

I set toolset H20

1 set toolset H2l I set toolsetH22

I pc Workshop tool board 660 xI000 mm;

Part No

I set toolset J23 I set toolset J24 I set toolset J25

I
I I

t
I

I .t

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 127 ot 179

TOOO

MACHINERY SYSTEMS

I I t I I
I I I I
t
I I I I
I I

7100 General Requirements for Piping Systems Pipes. r'alr es and tlninss har e been installed according to the standards as described in sections 7180.7181 and llSl unless othemise specified.

7120 Machinery List

A list of all Machinery and Equipment has been developed by the Yard and approved by the Owner. Machinery and Equipment list has been handled top Owner within As-built
documentation.

7130 List of Engine Room Tanks

List of tanks, capacity, etc., is shown on Tank and Capacity Plan o. 07017.01.0140.01.

7150 Filters and Strainers

All filters and strainers

have been installed

in

accordance

with machinery

maker's

requirements and recommendations and have been approved by the Owner. Filters and strainers are provided with vents, drain cocks or plugs, and valves.
71

60 Heat Exchangers

Central plate coolers have been delivered by Tranter as well as hotel coolers MDO coolers, etc. Bellow all coolers placed on board inclusive coolers installed within equipments.
fp$fi.
ETCHd
Ef,Ct{- 8 EXC'{C

fEsI&ltnfi
g.?RL O.EFS

TYff
P{C
PI*E GC

I trffN
coolrf{G fAb.?3urryl {A.b.:s2kwr
r21t$'

FU,I6
cooltfiG
vt.

5VEI
?I.ITER
SOOLII.TG YATER

StI

lnAXrR
TNA{IER

i.sf

c6f!e{. cacLt8
reAr f;Eco*ff Ffiol( Enag&a{F&t}F &e?

5IX Gt-ftth3
Gt-tr

yl_ J sAwA'rER

:s0ln{6
:OOLIN6

tivATER
YY.

TRAxrfR

COOLIH YVATER

IIOILi 'IAfER

I AOILER WATEF

EXC}|- t!

EXCH{ EXCI|+

( i9g.tRY FEll lt|?{ GiEt?EfiS lA{r TFICA.PEF DiR iElrtiB

fi3

BoC+tS#+{l
3i:{|!}PI
BR2

TRS{IER TtAt{IH
TRI"TFE

cools IY TER,|Btclfig coou\laT 3OOLIHG

cooLr{G
yt, /

YYATER J HANPOUR OdESEI COOL^W,

BcrrEi vt WI'EN

IOOLI16 ViATER / CEI'I?R.A- l{EATll*G

t?4ltwl

COOLIHG YITER,EOILER

:OLIIIG SI/ATER / CENTRAL I.iEATING {3OKWi

SAilTTARY FI'/ J CENTRAL HEAT]NS

EXCH{
EXCt{+l ETCH.I

let
F.EL

gIA'ER:RT'

F0 &qtf,lr

H-F

BtslEll

$ril Hgt

TG-t6Elt r4 r?.

tPt,

.trri

ilnAEY Ftt i BoLsr vSArER

COOLIilG $'ATER i GA9g'L

gl'g

3AS{IL / CoLttS WATER {32ht,V}

It d.rcA?
IO.ICAllf,

NGINES Lr.F OtL.i AOfi"ER CJC JElttEta.

lYAtt

ETCHJ

EUef

lN Oli-

fILTE UIrT

Egtf{Es Lr6

otli

Bok_E

lY^tt

ETCH{ Ef,Cl{{

ut 6llcr*cr
80rl

??_ cJc JEXiE t. EUg-

oL

ENEI'{ES LIE OIL'8OX-EN NATER COOLIHG IIATER CENTRAL SYSTEI' COOLING WATER CENTRAL SYSTEII COOLIXG WATEFI CENTRAL SYSTEU

ra.3rt

ct(ll*

i}at

6ri,

alt_ltln,

BRullttoll
Snur0tor.
RAPP

ilCH
ETCH+I
t{tE :Forr.gi,rct( qrrc.$, rR l{!D.'Fdi'|tR nl{
FYIO, COO|EI

r6$f.i{Lrn,
rr,rh ,int6t9, tlin &0{t 27lft, 9 m1n
ott 1?t1"
ADoilt m

HY0IA

E:XCH{ EXCfl+

RApF HYOCIA

c@Lrxc ftTR ol{rRAL

COOLIHG IYAER

$YSTEU 9YsTET'

relff.E
RElfT.E

CfNTNI

EfCH*

2nlv.

mrfi

COOLINC IATEFI CEUTNAI 8Y3TEH COOLIHG ilATER CFTFAL SYSTE'

gcfl-s
E(clt-T
EXCH-t

tf,Alt cF'

PE, ra!.

ot- ood'c

ldt3w,z
3tt.2
^orrl

r,t nrh
fcrx,

toLtt nnfcE
iOLLI
nOVCE UNIT

ctrLtc ff^TER cf HfnAL

COOUNC YVATER

sYSTEta SYSTEI' SYSTEU

qpacly,Foillf??, lEflK, BU[r

CENiAI

gclt-v
EXCH-W ISGgctrFm]nJ$ETLTT
{VBffr\B,E81

qsy,f!f,
5lit, a{rt'lr
E

EU&f

fi

unn

COOUTTG NATER GCNTNAL

s?*d el Fif"{R'IE

ETCHd
EXCH.Y
FE COC|-FI er?fEt

lrrj, 2fif,h rgl

rYPE: TYpE:

Stppder

t FrrlRTE
]ooLtNG w./ oRctlATloN w. ]ooLtNG w./ c|rcl_ATlr w.
COOLII{G YTATER CEXTNT sYsTEY

lgilP lg-tF

S+dFtlbtScrtrllffillEieh$y$E
&Tglled bl

ETCH{

Fffi'ffiIPE]
DSFT ETFBCqIEX%

elrlnrt'| Elfffis W

ilclt{rz
gcH-a

crl.dy,rP(cr?1,

cErcytL EUg.f tH uillT

IIAFTEFGq.8

caopas7r. cmEvlLL guLT lti ultT

CSLING IIATER cEl{TR

SY3TEY

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 128 ot 179

7170 Tank Outfit

All MGO tanks,

potable FW tank. Lube oil store tanks, BW tanks, Heeling tanks and sewage tank have been arranged with renlote sounding. The remote sounding system is connected to vessel's automation and control system. Manual sounding pipe or SOLAS approved level gauge have been provided as well for all tanks and void spaces.

7180 Piping Schedule (Steel Pipes)

SCHEDULE A
Normal
Diamete
Pipe

SCHEDULE
B

SCHEDITLE
C

DIN 2448 or
equivalent SEAMLESS

Threa
d

Outside Diamete

r
mm

r
mm

Wall Inside Thick- Dianess lneter

mm
mm
14.9 20.5 26.5 33.4 39.3

Wall
mm

Inside

ness 3.2 3.2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5

Thick-

Diameter mm
14.9 20.5 25.7 34.4
40.3

Wall Inside Thick- Dianess meter

mm
mm
14.9 20.5 25.7 34.4 40.3

Wall Inside Thick Dia-ness meter

mm

inch

l0
15

3t8
U2 3t4
I

t7.2
21.3

20
25

26.9
JJ. /

3.2 3.2 3.6 4.5 4.5

3.2 3.2 4.0 4.0 4.0

r.8 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.6

2.9 2.9 3.2

mm
13.6 17.3 22.3

28j
37.2

32 40 50
65

Iy4
2

42.4
48.3 60.3

| 1t2
2lt2
a J

43.r
54.5 70.3 82.5

76.r
88.9 114.3 139.7 168.3 193.7 219.1

80 100 125 150

4.5 4.5 4.5 4.s 4.5 4.5

5.4 5.9 6.3

5r.3 67.r
79.9 105.3 130.7 159.3 182.9

51.3 67.1 79.9 105.3 129.7

157

4.5 5.0 5.6 7.1 8.0 8.8

5l

.3

66.r
77.7
100.1

4.s 5.0 5.6

.l

123.7 150.7

3.6 4.0 4.5 5.4 5.9 6.3

7

107.I
131.7 159.3 182.9 207.3 260.4 309.7 339.6

(175) 200 250

300

273.0
323.9

207.3 260.4

350 400 (450)

500

355.6
406.4 457.2 508

6.3 6.3 6.3

6.3 6.3 6.3

3l I .3
343.0

393.8
444.6 495.4 597.4

.1 8.0 8.8

388.8

600

610

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 129 of 179

SCHEDI-],E
D Normal Diamete Pipe Threa
d

SCHEDULE
E

SCHEDULE
F

Outside Dianete

Wall Thickness

Inside

Diameter mm

r
mm
10 15

r
mm

Wall Thickness
mm

Inside

Diameter
mm

Wall Thickness

Inside

Diameter mm

inch

mm

mm

3t8
U2

r7.2

2l.3
26.9
JJ. /

20
25 32 40 50 65 80 100

3t4

I lt4
2

42.4
48.3 60.3 76.1

Iv2
2U2
3

6.3 6.3 6.3

6.3 6.3
7.1

2r.l
29.8 35.7

7.t 7.1 7.t .l 8.0

7

28.2

34.r
46.1

47.7
63.5

6r.9
72.9 96.7

88.9
114.3

74.7
98.3 123.7 150.7 176.1 201.5 255.4 306.3

4.5

79.9
105.3 130.7 159.3 182.9 207.3

r25
150

r39.7
r68.3

8.0 8.0 8.8

8.8 8.8 8.8

8.8 8.8

t22.r

4.5 4.5 4.5 5.4 s.9 6.3 7.r 8.0 8.8 10.0 l r.0 12.5

(t7s)
200 250 300 350 400 (450) 500 600

r93.7
219.1

273.0 323.9 355.6

406.4 457.2 508

260.4
309.7

8.8 8.8 8.8

8.8

338.0 388.8
439.6

339.6 388.8 437.2 486.0 s85.0

610

Note: This piping schedule has been used together with the standard for Application of Pipe Material - see section 7181.
preva1.

Nevertheless, if there is any inconsistence between these sectons of the Specification and the as-built documentation, the as-built documentation shall

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 130 of 179

7181

caton of Pi
SERVICE

Material
PIPE
SCHED.
MANTTF

SURFACE

&
CERTF.

NOTE
6

l.

Sanitarl fiesh \\'ater

Cu Stainless
steel E

,
3. 4. 3. 6.
1

Sanitarl' drainase fronr compartments above freeboard

deck before close donn non-refurn valve

Sanitan drainage betrveen freeboard deck and

plating. No valve fitted
Open deck drainage Central heatins and similar Fire and deck wash

shell

Hg b b

A A
B

Hg

w(c)

Air

and overflow (see item 10

& 11)

T lHg
T Hg
b

w w w
w

8. 9. 10. 11.

Sounding (see item 10

& II)

A
B

Bilge and ballast (see item 10.)

and overflou'sounding and bilge pipes passing through tanks. ballast pipes throueh fuel tanks Air overflow and sounding pipes on exposed freeboard and superstructure decks Fresh cooling water Sea cooling water

Air

D
D

T
b

w w
Fe
5

12.
13.

DIN
A

1755 or equivalent

Cu Ni
90n0
Hg b

t4.
15. 16.

Working air below 30 bar

Exhaust Bulkhead penetrations (see also item l0- I Fuel oils (see item l0) see note 8
I)

w w

17.

DIN
or

2448

T T

w w

2&3 2&8
7

18.

Lubricating orls

equivalent DIN 2448 or eauivalent

&8

Pipe schedule A to F: Piping schedule for steel pipes according to section 7180. Abbreviations: b: black steel hg: hot galvanized W - material St. 35 (seamless) or St. 34'2lSt. 37-2 high frequency welded with Works certificate C : material St. 35 (seamless) or St. 34-2lSt. 37-2 high frequency welded with Class certificate Z- material CuNilOFelMn F29 according to DIN 17671or equivalent, seamless pipes T- threaded (for acid cleaning see note 7 & 8) Notes: l. Rules to be observed. Stainless steel pipes type Blucher or equivalent 2. For pressures of bar 7 and above pipes to have Class certificate 3. Bulkhead penetrations for cargo oil pipes shall be specially considered 4. If pipes are threaded minimum wall thickness shall be obtained in the bottom thread notch

of

the

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

6. 7. 8.

Cu-pipes in accordance with DIN 1754 or equivalent Lub oil and hydr.oil pipes ND 50 and above shall be acid cleaned after fabrication MGO and lub oil pipes below ND 50 shall be blank hydraulic pipes connected with compression fittings

Nevertheless, f there is any inconsistence between these sections of the Specification and the as-built documentation, the as-built documentation shall
preva1.

t t
rN

t
2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 132ot 179

7182 Valves and fittings, materals and types

SYSTEM
SEA

FRESH

TYPE OF
VALVE
Globe Valve Body Shafts
Seat Disc

t t t t t

r|

COOLING WATER

COOLING WATER

BILGE
AND

FIRE .{\D
DECK

BALLAST

\\'ASH

HYDROPHORE SW FW

RG5 RG5 RG5 RG5

Cast Iron

Rcs/Srainl
RG5/Stainl RG5/Stainl

Sr St St

RG5 Stainless St RG5 RG5

RGS/Cast Iron
RG5 RG5 RG5

RG5 RG5 RG5 RG5

Butterflv
Valve Body
SG-

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

Cast Iron

IrodCast Iron Shaft

Disc Seat
Stainless St

Stainless St SG-lron/Cast

Stainless St

Stainless St

Stainless St

Al-Bronze EPDM
Rubber

Al-Bronze EPDM Rubber

Al-Bronze EPDM Rubber

Al-Bronze EPDM
Rubber

Iron EPDM Rubber

Dianhragm Valve Body

Cast Iron
Steel

Ball
Seat Rins Ball Valves Bod,

t t t t t t t t I t

Butvl Rubber

RG5/AIBronze Stainless
St

Steel

RG5/Al-Bronze
Stainless St PTFE (Teflon)
Steel

RG5/AIBronze Stainless St PTFE (Teflon)

Steel

RG5/AIBronze Stainless St PTFE

Ball
Seat Ring

Stainless St PFTE (Teflon)

Steel

PTFE

(Teflon)

(Teflon)
Steel

Bolts
\uts
Gaskels

and

Steel

(Stainless St at Ship
Side
)

(Stainless
Ship Side) For Approval

St

at

For
.A,ooroval

For Approval

For Approval

For

Anoroval

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 133 of 179

SYSTEM

TYPE
VALVE

OF

SEWAGE SA{ITARY DRAIN

FUEL

LUBRICATI
NG OIL

HYDRAI.]-

COMPRESSED

OIL

LIC

AIR
7 BAR/30 BAR

Globe Valve Body Stern

Seat Disc Cast Iron Stainless St Stainless St Stainless St SG-Iron/Cast
St

SG-lron/Cast
St

According to
Makers Specification

RGS/Cast St

Stainless St Stainless St Stainless St

Stainless St Stainless St Stainless St

RGs/Stainl St RG5/Stainl St RGs/Stainl St

Butterflv
Valve Body Shaft
Disc Seat

Diaphrasm
Valve Body
Cast Iron Stainless St

Ball
Seat Ring

EPDM
Rubber

Ball Valves
Bad'
Steel Steel Steel

Ball
Seat Ring

Stainless St PTFE Teflon

Steel

Stainless St

Fire safe
Steel

Stainless St PTFE Teflon

Steel

Accordin-e to Makers

Steel

Specification According to
Makers

Stainless St PTFE Teflon

Bolts
Nuts

and

(Stainless in tanks)
Gaskets For

St

(Stainless St in tanks) For Approval

(Stainless St in tanks)
For

Specification According to
Makers soec. For Approval

Approval

Approval

Nevertheless, if there is any inconsistence between these sections of the Specification and the as-built documentation" the as-built documentation shall prevail.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 134 of 179

7200 Ventilation and Exhaust gas System

Ventilation for engine room has been designed and equipments supplied by Novenco. The duct layout is reflected in the dwg. No. 000103 Engine room workshop ventilation. The layout and workmanship have been approved by both Owner and Class.
7

220 Mechan ical Ventilation

in engine room has been calculated according to ISO 8861, function and workmanship have been approved by both Owner and Class. Three of supply fans and three of exhaust fans have been supplied and installed as described bellow.
Ventilation
Three off axial supply fans have been supplied and installed model Novenco ACG-7101330-10 These fans are capable of reverse operation (function available on the frequency converter).

flow Fan type Fan total pressure Fan static pressure ...........
Air
Fan efficiency

Technical details:

.....0-27000 m3lh ............Axia1 flow fan

.101 5 Pa

....800 Pa .........0-2905 rpm

10.87 kW

speed power Motor voltage.. Motor type Motor rated power Motor rated current Motor rated speed Motor start method ....... Motor enclosure Motor thermal protection ........... Motor stand still heating ..... Total weight (incl. silencer)
Fan
Fan absorbed

......3x400Y150H2
...

ABB 2P M3BP 160 M .. ..... I 5.0 kW ..27.5 A

.....2905 rpm Frequency converter IP 55 .........No
..Yes

..l74kg

core. 3 pc counter flanges for flexible connection and for connection to penetration in deck.
1 pc.Automatic closing damper for mounting below fan (Halton UTG 710x7rcD2 fitted with Neptronic 3380 electric actuator). The damper is fitted with a circular Eurovent-flange to suit the fan above and the foundation below. The damper is constructed in galvanised steel. Motor starter and control system are described under "HVAC Automation System / Control Panels" later in this specification.

I pc. Silencer type Novenco YAH-710 with

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 135 of 179

Three off axial exhaust f-ans have been supplied and installed model Novenco ACN-500/280-8.

flow Fan type Fan total pressure. Fan static pressure...... Fan efficiency Fan speed ........... Fan absorbed power.... Motor voltage.. Motor type ...... Motor rated power.... Motor rated current. Motor rated speed..... Motor start method........ Motor enclosure............ Motor thermal protection............ Motor stand still heating.........
Air
3 pc counter flanges
1 pc.

Technical details:

. . . ..0-

14000 m' lh

.......

Axial flow fan

.500 Pa

..........735 Pa

50% 0-2930 rpm ......5.67 kW .....3x400Y l50Hz .... ABB 2P M3AA 132 S2B 8.0 kW ...15.6 A 2900 rpm ..... Frequency converter .......IP 55 .......No .......... Yes

for flexible connection and for connection to penetration in deck. Automatic closing damper for mounting below fan (Halton UTG 500x500 D2 fitted with Neptronic 3380 electric actuator). The damper is fitted with a circular Eurovent-flange to suit the fan above. The damper is constructed in galvanised steel. Motor starter and control system are described under "HVAC Automation System / Control Panels" later in this specification. See also Section 5090.

7290 Engine Exhaust Gas System

Exhaust gas pipes from the main generator engines have been installed as straight as possible and led through silencers to the top of funnel as shown on dwg. No. 01017.01.7230.01 Exhaust gas System and d*9. No. C0l l5-0001 l0 Engines exhaust (4 pages). Silencers have been supplied by Engine manufactures Discom maker with 45dBA attenuation with Spark arrestor and of the combined reactive/absorptive type. The exhaust gas from the emergency generator is passing through the ventilation duct in a "wing profile" to reduce the pressure loss. The sound attenuation of emergency gen-set silencer is 40 dB(A). Exhaust gas pipes are of welded steel and provided with exhaust compensators in stainless
steel.

The exhaust gas system is thermally and acoustically insulated from the ship structure. The resilient suspensions are fitted with stop masses to efficiently block noise transmission. The resilient suspension system has been designed and supplied by Rubber Design. Water traps with drain cocks have been installed in each exhaust gas system to prevent the ingress of water into the engines. All exhaust gas pipes. silencers and exhaust gas economisers are fully insulated with mineral wool and covered b,v galvanised steel plates.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

Owner.

7300 Cooling Water System

7310 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings
One (l) central cooling water system has been designed and installed, forthe entire machinery plant and hotel needs. The central cooling system is divided into following parts: Sea cooling water system (SW system) Combined low/high temperature fresh water system (mixing of LT and HT FW is occur at Engines outlet (FW system). The Owner is aware and accepted that the heat recovery system will not satisfactorily work due to the low temperature of the cooling water before coolers (47'C) Cooling system has been approved by manufacture of all equipments serviced specially MAN Diesel, Owner and Class. The cooling system is shown on drawings: 0701 7.01.7310.01 RevE Cooling water system 7370 Rev. 07 AFE Cooling system

7320 Sea Inlets Two sea inlets are provided in the engine room: one low sea chest, close to the centre line in the forward part of the rooln, and one high at the side. The sea inlets are connected by u
seawater crossover. The sea inlets and components such as filters, sea inlet valves, etc., are shown on dwg No. C0l I 5-01 501 9 Structural Sea chest Connections.

One (1) additional sea is arranged forward of the forward auxiliary equipment room, providing water for the emergency fire pump and the Ro plant. Grids for sea chests are of hot galvanized and fitted with stainless steel bolts. The erids are
hinged for easy opening. Sea chests are cathodic protected by anodes. Sea inlet valves are butterfly valves lugged, and shall be remote controlled from the ECR and local control. Butterfly valves on each side of the sea filter; one is the sea inlet valve are arranged. Emergency closure of sea inlet valves from ECR has been arranged and approved by the Class.
Sea

Water Filters

Sea fllters are of hot galvanized steel and fitted basket of stainless steel" seawater resistant.

with valves for venting and drainage, filter

7330 Overboard Discharge

Over board discharges are shown on dwg. No. 0800 04-7330 Overboard Discharges.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01

Central cooling svstem

Seawater shall be pumped tiom the sea water crossover, through the central coolers and direct overboard; with a facilitl'to return warm sea water to the sea-chests. The seawater circuit shall be as short as possible; Pipe material CuNiFe 90110.
Sea water cooling pumps See section 6610

Central coolers See sectionTl60

7360 Fresh Water Gooling System

The cooling system is shown on drawings: 07017.01.7310.01 RevE Cooling water system 7370 Rev. 07 AFE Cooling system

7370 Low Temperature FW System

See 7310

7380 High Temperature FW System

See 7310

7400 MGO System 7410 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings Fuel oil system has been designed to handle Marine Gas Oil (MGO). 7420 Main Engine MGO System
The system designed and installed has been approved by equipment manufactures, especially MAN Diesel, Owner and Class. The system is shown on d*g. No. 07017 .01 .7421.01 M.G.O. Bunker and transfer systems. Also see 6610.

7440 Auxiliary Water Heater MGO System See 7420:6610 and 6400

7450 Emergency / Harbour Generator MGO System

The emergency/harbour diesel generator runs on MGO. It is possible to fill the service tank using the MGO filter unit and the MGO transfer pump. Overflow and air pipe from the servicelday tanks goes to an alarm tank and from that to an overflow tank in the double bottom. A sight glass approved type is fitted to the over flow pipe in the engine room. See dwg. No. 07017.01.7421.01 M.G.O. Bunker and transfer systems.

,-J

t t t
:

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 138 of 179

7460 MGO Bunker and Transfer System

For MDO Bunker and transf-er system see dwg No. 070 17 .01 .7 4Zl.0l . The system is designed and installed tbr manual local and remote operation from the IACMS. The bunker line is provided u'ith flox,nleter TM4CP420L, with local reading and a single filter provided with differential pressure indicator and by-pass. Filling and overflow system has been arranged according to Class and Owner requirements and has been approved by both. One bunker station is arranged on open deck SB side aft; with drip tray and drain to the sludge oil tank.

T
lr

I
i

Transfer Pump
See 6610

T
I

7470 MGO Purification and Filtering System

Gas Oil Filter-Separator One (1) fully automatic, CJC filter is installed with following main characteristics:
1 off PTU1 271108 MZ DE2PWYZ,; includine: 2 pumps MZ 16-4, flow 960llh 2 ef ectric motors 3x400V 50Hz

Control Panel
necessary valves Manometers and instruments The filter unit is capable of drawing and driving to and from all MGO tanks, and also to drive to the emergency generator's service tank and the drain cock of the boarding boat.

All

Sludge Tank
See 6610

7480 MGO Service Tanks

Two (2) Service tanks are arranged in accordance with the GA and tank and capacity plans. Service tanks are connected to the common air and overflow system. The tanks are equipped with gauge glass, alatms and drain cocks.

7500 Lubricating Oil System

7510 General

Separate systems shall be arranged for: Main generator engines Emergency generator

Reduction Gears

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Pase 139 of 179

Stern-tub Steering gear Radial and thrust bearings

Drip trays with coamings shall be fitted around all equipments in the lubricating oil systems with drain to sludge oil tank. 7520 Lube Oil system - Main Generator Engines
Each main GEN SET engine has been delivered with its own wet-sump lube oil system in accordance with engine manufactures requirements. In the engines were mounted lubrication oil fine filters and centrifugal by-pass filters. The oil sump can be emptied to the waste oil tank by the lube oil off line filter.

7530 Lube Oil system

- Stern-tube/shaft

seals

Each stern tube has its own closed system lube oil system of a non-polluting design. The stern tubes can drain to the sludge tank.

7540 Lube Oil system for Gearboxes

Each gearbox has its own enclosed system in accordance with equipment manufactures requirements c/w filters and inline filter mounted in the equipment.

7560 Lube Oil purification

There, two separate systems for lube oil purification are installed. For GEN-SET engines three of CJC filters mounted on common base frame have been supplied. 3x HDU 27/108 PVDE2H}PYZ, including: 3 x pumps PV4- l 8-4 flow 120 llh 3 x electric motors 3x400V, 50Hz 3 x filtering element F2xA27l27 Control switchboard starl/stop Function indication Light and hour counter. Central plate heat exchanger for oil heating. Thermostatic valve Danfoss for Temp. control of oil 3 off three way valves inlet/outlet
3 manometers

For Gear boxes lube oil cJC filters are installed as follows: 2 x CJC HDU 15125 PV-8H1, including: 2 x Filtering element BG 15125 2 x Pump: PY2-7 -4 Electric motor: 3x400V, SAHz Electric pre heater 1050 W Control switchboard Sludge discharge to the oil sludge tank

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 140 of 179

7570 Lube Oil Transfer System

The Lube oil system is shou'n on du'g. No. 07017.01.7530.01 Rev. E. See also 7 530,7 540;7560.

7600 Compressed Air System 7610 General The Vessel is equipped with a 30 bar starting air system and a 7 bar control/working air
system.

The Vessel shall also be equipped with 1 bar compressor for inflating oil containment booms. The compressor is the Owner's delivery. The starting air system is able to supply air for the valve control/working air systems through 30 to 7 bar pressure reduction valves. The control/working air system is able to supply air for inflating oil containment booms through a 7 to I bar pressure reduction valve.

7620 Starting Air System

Two starting air compressors supply two engine startin g air bottles, which are connected to
each engine through a non-return valve.

The starting air compressors are designed and installed for full automatic operation. pressure alarm is fitted at the starting air outlet from the receivers. 7630 Control/Working Air System
The control/working air system is supplied from the control/working air compressor.

low

Air for control purposes is supplied from the control/working air system via an air dryer ADl6 Adsorption dryer with oil separator and dust filters. All connections in the working air system are provided with a ball valve and a quick-coupling,
according to Owner's standard.

7640 Starting Air Compressors Two (2) electrically driven low-noise starting air compressors are installed; compressors have been supplied by Sperre type HLS2190 with the following characteristics.
30 bar, air cooled

2 stage,2 cylinder compressor Capacity 34 m3l h FAD to1.+l- 5oA Built-in accessories: Air suction filter with silencer Air safety valve HP and LP

Air pressure gauge HP Built-in inter-and after cooler

Mounted on compressor unit: 2 MOtOr ABB M3AA I32MB4

201 1-09-15 04069.4.O5/O.O/ Page 141 of 179

Shaft diameter O38 nrm Pon'er 9.5k\\'. Speed 1-l55rpnr Primary voltage 400 V. frequenc' 50 Hz Protection IP-55, Insulation Class F 2 Coupling flange 77-90 38 dia 2 Base plate HL-LL 2177-90-lA5 Set of silent blocks for elastic mounting

Air working cornpressor is Atlas Copco.

7650 Starting Air Recevers Two (2) starting air bottles shall be installed; working pressure 30 bar; each about 500 litre according to engine makers recommendations and Classification requirements. The receivers shall be provided with discharge valves, safety valves, liquid frlled pressure gauges and drain valves. 7660 Control/Working Air Compressor
electrically driven low-noise working air compressor Atlas Copco model LF-ZE19} with following main characteristics: Nominal working pressure 7 bar Capacity FAD Tbar 3.1lls Max working effective pressure l0bar Maximum admission temp. 40"c Power consumption l.57kw Noise level 82 dB(A) Compressor displacement at 1 500rpm l0m3/min. One
has been supplied and installed, air cooled

(l)

The FAD is measured according to ISO 1217, the noise level has been measured at lm
distance 100% load according to Pneurop/Cagi PN8NTC2.2 (+-2dB(A)). The compressor is mounted in one block with l00l air reservoir produced according to Eu 87l404|CEE fbr under pressure vessels. The compressor is located in noise insulated container product No. (0000015007).

7670 Control/Working Air Receiver

See 7660

7680 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings

Pipe schedule and valves are according to the standards given in section
7I

80. 7l

and 7 182.

7700 Central Heating System

7710 Piping incl. Valves and Fittings

pipes in the central heating system are adequately insulated and workmanship approved by the Owner.

All

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 142ot 179

7730 Central Heating System A central heating svstem is based on hot rvater. provided for heating of:

Fan heaters in engine room. n'orkshop, steering gear room and other machinery roonls Sanitary rvater Main engine pre-heaters See dwg. No. 07017.01 .7730.01 Heat for the system is supplied by an oil fired water heater. See 6400 Hot water is circulated by two (2) circulating pumps, one as stand-by; automation and alarms
see 661 0.

Water radiators in the accommodation

AC unit

system heat balance has been calculated by Novenco and approved by the Owner. Resume of radiatorso etc., as follows:
DATOS GEIERALES

I,'AIOS RADIADOR

Gnorator Room

,3

xw

I I I

PCCP

fd)

&8 litrog

3: 10,0 Ks
16,E

?.?0? Kcrgh

c-l
DECX,I

o-6

?c
PC PC PC PC PC

5q
600 600 00 6(x) 600 540
51,0

trh (Edro
aoLk loouroornl

c2 c2
c.t6 (:1

1,6 Kw 0.7 Xw

1W .o5{
150

,L{ ifog
a.a
,t.,1 .1

t.t92 Kc9h
'1,192 Kcalrh

536 Keout 536 Kc&Uh

)f'ce

iXr

troi litrg

l6,E Ko

0.6 xh 1.5 Xs 0.0 Kr 1,5

o.tt

xL

0.6 Kh 1,5 Kh

4.1
5l{t

rcm
:o71 icf Bay
pare Crew Crew

3,7 Kw

+a tros
7AO

1.19? XcUh 16.8 fia 16. Ko

2.A6t r\caul

3J Xs
l_o x
0.6 K$ ,t.0 Kr\ 0.6 K 0.6 Ku 0,6 Kn 0,6 Ks 0.6 Xs

3J Xr
l.O X$ 0.6 1.0 0.6 0.6 0.6
O.E

l.l Xu
c.t3
CA c-5

{
z

3l| fY 0.7 xw
0.8 Kw 0.8 Kr 0.8 Kw

PC PC
PC PC PC PC

xl
B00
6.00

540 F{I

t-ft6l!

utl
51,0

4n
ffi
/+50 5) f5O

,ta ,Lf Fro

{.4 lrot
1.1
4,,1

t,,t92 x
1,192 KcYh
1,197.

89f Xceul
536 Kcau

t( l6.t K
16.8 Ko

Kcallll

Krv

'1.'192 Kcol,Dl

Egl

Kcall

Kw
Kw

ltm3

DECX.3

6{X)
6.00

A
5|
5.t0
5,10

1,1

IGE Ks
t6,E
I

1.192 | 1.192 KmLh

c.5

f..t irrot
t.,t

K!

t.192

k!tr|

536 KdUl 536 XcVh 136 KmU] 715 Kcaul 536 Xcsli

Xw
Kw

lrcw
;rew

c c.t0
c.9 c"ta Slo16
c.?3

;rew
rdry

0.6 Kr 0.7 Xw
O-5

PC
1

PC PC PC

600 600 e00 600

60.0
EO0

600

ti\ 1.192 1,192 XcUh

1m
1W 4W
450

ftro8
loB

aa

K$, ,6 Xw

5,t0

l.{
{,4

l6.E Ko
16,8 X r6,E Ko

|(a

l-c. tlc oru.d Auil|rv Room

nEcx-2
I

ca

0.6 Kw 9.6
2-3

Xr
Kr
Xw

t I
2

54
54,0

4.f litros
ll

PC

m t4
600 680 600 600

1,i92 KUh

0t
2 ltros Ftros
900 1.000
2-tO{

Ut'lVa
3:

liEnK.nl
2"242 |

536 XI, 536 Kcalrh 919 Kcdn

0,6 Xs 0.6 Kh

0.6 Xw 0.6 Kw

Slbd

I I I

PCCP PCCP PCCP PCCP PCCP

s Roorn P oo Enolf Slorea n Slbd rO Roorn Port

2,?llJt
+3 Xw 6.2 l(w
6-?

5,t0
5,|{} 5.U)

2J Ks
3.533 Xeal/h 5.285 KmUh 4.2 Xn 6.1 X$,

? xu
12

63 lltro6 l.8 lit ol

&E

33,7 Xo
33,

2t02 Ktalrh
Kcalh 2.?02 KmUh

Xn

Xv

50

lirog

33.7 Ko

6.1 Kn

Filling of system is provided via the sanitary hydrophore system by the oil-fired boiler.

7900 Miscellaneous Systems

7920 Waste Oil System sludge, waste oil, etc., is collected in a common waste oil tank and discharged to a shore connection via the sludge pump. See 6610.

All

7930 High Pressure Washing System

A high pressure washing system is installed. One (l) high pressure washing machine AFTOP l30l2l has been supplied, installed and connected to a piping system with connection:
Engine room Engine room workshop

Fwd auxiliary machinery room Steering gear room aft Forecastle stores room On open deck aft deck 3 and 4, on forecastle deck and on each side of the accommodation

deck house

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 143 of 179

The technical characteristic t'rf pressure n'ashing machine as follows:

Working pressure Water flow Power supply Compressor power

I 30bar

+OOV

2l lr'min i III 5kW at 1500rpm.

SOOO

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

8000 Electrical, General 8010 Electrical Requirements

The vessel's electrical installation, distribution equipment, electrical components and material in general, have been designed, produced and installed complying with the rules of the Classification Society, the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea and any other regulations specified in this document or pertinent to the Builder's standard practice and Owner requirements. The Vessel's electrical installations have been designed as an lT-system as described in IEC/EN/DS 60364-3 with insulation monitoring equipment, as described in IEC/EN/DS 61557-8 or equivalent for automatic locating of failures according to IEC/EN/DS 61557-9. The system for automatic locating of failures has been delivered by BENDER, as described bellow. The electric project inclusive builder standard has been presented to the Owner for approval before work was started. Big enrphasis was given to the design of all equipment concerning the environmental conditions of shipboard service, and proven marine conrponents have been employed. Particular corrosion, temperatures, vibrations. shocks, power supplies, and electrical interf-erence effects have been taken into account. Consideration was given to the design and construction regarding reliability, safety. flexibility, redundancy, high quality, easy operation and reduced maintenance and service, all to Owner satisfaction. Short circuit calculations have been nrade for all networks with all generators running in parallel as demanded by Class. A Total Harmonic Distortion calculation has been carried out by SES and approved by the Class. The system of propulsion frequency convertors is off well know AFE (active front end) or multipulses conversion.

All equipment and material are suitable for operation in marine atmosphere and temperatures. in accordance with the requirements and recommendations of the Classification Society.
Considering noise abatement requirements, equipments are resiliently mounted inclusive
switchboards.

The electrical equipments have been installed in accessible places and located readily
accessible for repair, removal and maintenance, far from flammable materials, so that the risk of mechanical danrage or those derived from water or oil effects are reduced. Position of all equipments, etc.. has been approved by Class where required and Owner. Installation of cable runs above major machinery has been avoided as f'ar as it was possible, and installation close to exhaust-gas pipes was fully avoided.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 144 ot 179

No cabling is visible in

accommodation spaces: cable trays are running through steel structures and are kept out of passages. to observe the free height. The standard of socket outlets was approved by the Owner.

8060 Electric Load Balance

The electric load balance was approved by the Class and updated during the building process. on each building step the load balance was approved by the owner.

On the following table the resume of as built electric load balance considering the load conditions and different navigation regimes can be used as guidance for consume.
ELECTRICAL - PRIMARY PLANT DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR TYPE TYPE

690V Frequency
MAN 8L
21131

50Hz

OUTPUT CAPACITY

kw

1700 kw

rpm
r.

1000

TYPE
TYPE

MAN 6L 2Il3I

OUTPUT CAPACITY

* *

kw
127s

kws
kW

rpnr I 000

TOTAL
CAPACITY

4250

GENERATOR CAPACITY OPTIONS EMERGENCY/HARBOUR EMERGENCY/HARBOUR DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR TYPE

'I

Generating Ro*", I tZzs

LevelOptions.
E-OUT

--

1700 l2ss0l297sl42s0

L
296

lS+s lL+s

lL+S+S

YPE

Scania

DIl2

1^ )A

I 400V

kW

80

kw

1500

'^nSOR/EMER.
TOTAL INSTALLED POWER
5378

kw
SAILING SUMMER SAILING WINTER
2.257
89

MANOEUVRING
590
587

HARBOTJR 220
98

EN4ERGE\C\
69

A B C

PERMANENT LOAD CONSIIMERS ( P + N ) TEMPORARY LOAD CONSUMERS I

KW

3 r78
71 37

T+ X

)
)

kw
kw

TEMPORARY LOAD FACTOR 0.5 * ( T+ X

293

49 269 69
80

D LOAD A+C E
GENERATOR CAPACITY GENERATOR LOAD]NG

kw

3.215

2.302 2.975
77

884

kw
%

4.250
t(,
117 30

2.550
35 91

D/E

87

t20
38

119 t

I 19

z)
t41 t27

G H I

NON-ESSENTIAL

CONSUMERS N + 0.5 * X
NON-ESSENTIAL

kw kw
%

141

159

t5l
733

LOAD WITHOUT

CONSUMERS D - G GENERATOR LOADING W]THOUT NONESSENTIAL CONSUMERS H/E* IOO%

3 068

2.143

72

72

29

+3

 I ;

T
T T
T T T
T T T T
T T T T T
$ii'if,ji ,i[X-,
SERVICE

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 145 ot 179

TOTAL INSTAL
POWER

SAILING SUMMER 2936

SAILING WINTER

SLOW RLINNING 618

v,IANOEUVRING

HARBOUR

MAIN

cRouP

4116
103

20r0
t2
192

236

26

AUXILIARIES FOR SHIPS

GROUP 2

t2
180

l0
187

l5
185

t2 t31
22

AIR

CONDITIONING AND

VENT]LATION
DOMESTIC DECK

GROUP

280
82

EQUIPMENT

GROUP 4

31

3l
0 0 43
14

3t
0 38 56

3l
307
38

AUXILIARIES EQUIPMENT

GROUP

625
75 78

0 0
n1 +J

22
0

CARGO

GROUP 6

^q,$#[}il"a

o,lrtrffiit^o
EQUIPMENT

cRoup
GROUP

7
8

59
14

J9

NAVIGATION

l8
5378

IJ

t4

ll
269

TOTALGROUPl-8
EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD

32r5

2302

l0l3

884

99

Power supplied from 690 V 2798 4390 Power supplied from 400
l 865

635

785

V SWBD.
418 988

+)t
95

379

99

Transformer Load (550 kVA:440

kW)

440

(%\

99

86

23

8080 Electric Power Systems

Thrusters:

Ship's generator

power:

3 phase 690V 3 phase 690V 3 phase

AC, 50 Hz. AC, 50 Hz.

I kW, heating elements galley equipment above 2

systenrs, hotel supply, motors above
KW: Shore

Machinery auxiliary systems, auxiliary

400V AC, 50 Hz.

Emergency generator

connection: power:

3 phase 400V AC, 50 Hz. 3 phase 400V AC, 50 Hz.

Lighting, navigation, control and alarm 3 phase 230V AC, 50 Hz.

systems, small consumers and tools, etc.: Navigation lanterns: 230 V AC Battery supply for control and navigation 24V DC
systems:

t t
T

Batten'suppll for en_eine

starting:

24V DC

T
T T
201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paqe 146ot 179

t t
T
T

8100 Power Supply

The principal lavout of the po\\'er suppl'svstem as shou'n in the sketch below.
7

u\ *'::;f;\
I

'i;9;i\j,/
I
I

0l FFFI- { zoocr llarnl -

tr0or

o{ 4Et-,

@
0o

{d-1 oFEF [b1or il>t

FE-

-T,

] I

I
I

I rr,-r lLrr
*:
oA

[]"'l;::l:

T!1/ I

LtgHfrr.6 srrr, oro{$-

t_
T|>I

on t-iEF-

iI

-r
t>l I
f26/2.

J-" L]fJ
|>l

ffii

on FFR-

\I |l;-]

-r
lT=l |
6EN.

qs0V
!rallEJfi! ut:ltttr!: I

Jr:ii"
I

o-r
H-FF on

lt&! c5ri I
I

sERvrcE

eoor
!5tfttta!

I I

T
T

I ro

ON

E11R6ENCY

srI Tflt80R0

+R- { -l lt>

FB|

F; -T

0l

SRvrCq FnER6. {00v

I
I
T

t t t
I t I I

The diesel generators are designed for continuous parallel operation. Starting and stopping of the generators shall be in accordance with the power requirement and load sharing is taking place automatically via a power management system (GPM 500) supplied by SAM Electronics. The power for the hotel load can be supplied from one of two sources: the emergency/harbour generator (see section 8130), while the Vessel is in poft, and from the 400V switchboard. The hotel load includes all systems normally running in harbour including one engine room fan at half speed and the aft hydraulic power pack. The power for machinery and systenls other than the systems included in the hotel load are supplying directly from the main generators.
81 10

Main Generators

Three of main diesel GEN SET are installed c/w common frame soft supported to ship
structure. The diesel engines are:

2 off Man Diesel Holeby type 6L2ll3l. output l320kW on flywheel at l000rpm I off Man Diesel Holeby type 8L2ll3l, output 1760kW on flywheel at l000rpm
The generators have been supplied bv Leroy Somer-ACEO with the following serial No. 60218911.602189 2 and 602188 L

F F

h
h
F

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 147 of 179

coupled to MAN 6L21,t31 ensines are anached 2 ofT LSA 53S75-6p generators with the following techrrical characteri stic s
:

!
!
T T
I
I

Output Power factor

I4I7 KVA
0.9

Voltage Frequency Current Insulation Degree of protection Ambient temp. Excitation current Excitation voltage Water cooler:

690 V
50 Hz

I 186 Amps. Class H tP 23 up to 45oC 3.6 Amps

34V
inlet temp. 37'C

Coupled to the MAN 8L2ll31 is attached technical characteristics : Output Power factor
1889 0.9

I off LSA 54s74-6p

kVA

generators with the following

t t

Voltage Frequency Current Insulation Degree of protection Ambient temp. Excitation cument Excitation voltace Water cooler:

690 V
50 Hz I580.6 Amps. Class H tP 44 up to 45"C 3.8 Amps

37V
inlet temp. 37oC

8130 Emergency / Harbour Generator

lJnit NORDHA\rN/SCANIA marine harbour / emergency diesel generating set type GASI l]078, prime power rating 296 kW at I 500 rpnr (lSO 8528), serial No. 6519358. Incl. electronic control system for diesel engine. Incl. your standard control system for harbour / emergency genset. Incl. hydraulic emergency starting system, built on genset/engine, ready for operation. In emergency mode the cooling system is a radiator cooler for output power not more than 80 kW, ambient temperature of 50"C. The radiator is driven by electrical fan.
The generator is Leroy Somer model LSAM 47.2 C 416 serial No.22217111as follows: Output Power factor 374 kV A
0.8

r t t t

Voltage Frequency Current Insulation

400

50 Hz 540 Amps. Class H

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 148 of 179

Degree of protecrion Ambient temp.

IP 23

Excitation curent Excitation voltaee Air cooled

up to 45oC 2.7 Amps 30.4 V

As per Class. and SOLAS and DMA Notice B, the Harbour/Emergency GEN-SET must be in Emergency mode u'hile the Vessel is at sea. It is full captain responsibility to observe this requirement.

8140 Rotary Converter Not Installed.

8150 Shore Connection A shore supply unit and cable have been located in the Owner requested position and arranged with a quick connecting plug and 50m cable equipped with terminals for connecting shre cables, a volt-meter, change-over switch, phase sequence detection instrument, automatic phase change-over affangement and kWh-meter. Capacity of the Shore connectio n to Owner
requesl is 63 Amps. Shore connections have been established in such way that connection and de-connection can be made without black-out. The transfer of load has to be done as follows: -Load transfer from shore connection to Harbour GEN-SET and from he Harbour GEN-SET to shore connection. -From Harbour GEN-SET load transfer to main GEN-SETs.

8160 Batteries and Chargers For the 24V DC systems, batteries are of the maintenance-free, lead-acid type; rated for heavy-duty with a capacify in accordance with the rules. Battery groups for all battery-served consumers are installed in ventilated rooms in accordance with rules and regulations and
approved by the Owner. Distribution boards for battery systems have been arranged for easy detection of earth failure without disconnection of wires as explained bellow. Each battery group is arranged with a charging device for automatic and manual chargig. Ammeters and Voltmeters, as well as alarms for over/under voltage, power supply failure and earth leakage are arranged. Each charger has sufficient capacity to supply its battery group with the total load from all consumers and in addition the necessary charging current for a completely discharged batter1.. The capacity of batteries is in accordance with Rules and has been approved by both Class and Owner.

8170 Uninterrupted Power Supply

One redundancy UPS system for the integrated alarm, monitoring and control system has been

installed covering the entire vessel. The UPS system is of the continuous inline type with a minimum capacity of 60 minutes. One UPS system for the coltrputer svstem is installed covering the entire vessel. The UPS is of continuous inline npe *'ith a capacin' of 30 minutes.

I I I I t I I I I
T

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 149 ot 179

Batteries are of maintenance free t),pe.

8200 Electrical Distribution

All

insulated parts of the distribution system shall be provided with earth leakage monitoring.

8210 Main Switchboards

The Propulsion Switchboards, 690 V, 400V, Thrusters frequency converters, cabinets and Emergency Switchboards have been supplied by SES (Propulsion designer and manufacture) and TECNISA basis on Kubik modules and using the same make and type of electric

components.

The switchboards are of "dead front" type, totally enclosed , lP 23, self-supporting, made of steel profiles with flush mounting equipment and fitted with a drip-proof canopy.

The Propulsion, thrusters Switchboards, the 690V switchboard are located ln separate Switchboard Rooms (SB) ventilated from central HVAC system. as described on section
5000.

t I
I
T

Where withdraw able type starter or wall mounted switchboards, the construction has been made in such a way that maintenance of all parts within the switchboards shall be done from the front. Position and construction of such switchboards have been approved by the Owner.

All switchboards are suitable for a humid, salt and oil laden marine atmosphere and for the vibrations, movements and accelerations normal to a marine environment. Main switchboards have been installed with insulated rubber mats at the front and rear; a metal handrail cor-ered with insulating material in front and rear; and lighting canopy in the front, supplied fronr the emergency switchboard.
All
switchboards complywith IEC 92-4 'Electrical Installations in Ships -Pt4 - S$itcheear. type 4A and the Class has certifled all production processes (design, fabrication. FAT and on board installation). The Owner approved all switchboards throughout the Vessel.

I I I
I I
I I

The switchboards are equipped with all necessary instruments, generator breakers. sq itches. indicator lamps, voltage regulators, etc., and are also equipped with necessary components t'or the Power Management System (PMS). The switchboards contain instrument sections showing kW, A*p and Volt for all generators and the shore connection. Furtherntore, pointer instruments showing the consumption in k\\for each of the two propulsion electric motors and the total consumption are to be featured.

The main switchboards are designed for continuous parallel operation of the three main
generators and parallel operation during load transfer with the harbour gen-set.

Suppliers and consumers are arranged, as far as it was practicable, symmetrically about the bus-bar sections and approx.20oA extra space is provided for possible future installations. Moulded case circuit breakers have been used and I 0oA spare feeder circuit breakers shall be installed.

I I

I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 150 of 179

I I I I t I I I I
I ! t
I
I
I
I
I I

During normal operation of the vessel. the po\\er management system is controlling the complete power generation svstem b1' starting. stopping. slnchronizing and load sharing of each individual diesel senerator.

The electric installation is arranged with automating monitoring and detection system according to IEC/EN/DS 61557-9. The system has been delivered by Bender Iberica and the
main equipments installed per circuit are as follows:

System description
The Insulation monitoring and fault location system works independently of the system are to be monitored (690 VAC, 400VAC,230VAC,24YDC). The advanced measuring technique allows a proper insulation monitoring on high leakage capacitance systems (max.500 pF), on systems with high harmonics and interferences (caused by switching supplies and regulated systems) and systems with voltage up to 575V. The insulation monitor measures continuously (superposes AMPPlus signal, max. 40Vl220uA) the isolation of the installation. This signal goes into the net to the isolation fault, and returns by earth to the monitor. The generated current is analysed internally by the monitor. When the values are less than the ones preset on the monitor, visual alarm lights and contacts switch, the monitor also transmits the alarm by the communication bus.

Schematic functional principle 690 V circuits:

The 690V systern is composed of two bus bars that can work independently. Therefore, it is necessary to connect one insulation monitor IRDH575 to each one. In case of a union of both bus bars by the Q30l switch, with an auxiliary contact of the same one, one of the monitors will disconnect (will pass to STAND BY mode). This is necessary because only one insulation monitor can be working in a galvanic coupled system. The insulation fault location system should be connected by BMS bus to communicate with monitor in fault of case. Up to l2 channels can be connected to the same equipment and more than 90 locators can be connected to a bus. ATTENTION: The IR420-D6 CAN'T be connected to the system when the generator monitored by him is connected to the svstem, at this moment the IRDH575 will monitor the insulation of the rn'hole sr-stem.

I
201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 151 of 179

t t
I I I t t I I
I I
I I I
I I
I
I
When the generalor is not connected to the system the 1R420-DO monitors it. When the generator is connected to the system the 1R420-D6 must disconnecls and the lRDH575 will monitor the whole system.

If two insulation monitors are monitoring the same system at the same time" errors in the
measuring values can be generated.

400V circuits:

Like in the 690V systems. there are two bus bars that can work separately or together. In case that the bus bars will change to coupled mode, one of the monitors should be passed to "stand by mode" with an auxiliarv contact of the switch that makes the change. The BMS bus should be the same than the 690V system, then all the equipments u ill be connected to each other and the infbrmation can be showed in any of the monitors. This B\lS bus can be also connected to a renrote alamr indicator panel orto an interface to centralise all the information in a conrputer.
230V circuits:

Only one monitor is needed in this part because the system is all galvanic coupled. Also the equipments should be connected to the BMS bus and all the fault locator devices that the
systenr needs can be installed. The portable tault locator EDS3065 also represented is used to find out the insulation fault without disconnecting the sl stem and measuring each load separately.

I I
T

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 152of 179

t
I I
I

AG System

I I
I I I
T
qr'tr

I
T

I I
T T

23OV

I t

t r| t t
rt r|

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 153 of 179

If any incongruence

between data given in this specification and as-built electrical drawings arises, the as-built information should prevail. 8220 Emergency Switch board
To be of a similar standard than the main switchboards and provided with the following main
panels: Supply panel from Emergency Generator Supply panels from the main switchboard 400V feeder panels for consumers and 400V 1230V emergency transforrner 230V feeder panels for emergency lighting

t t t t

The harbour/emergency switchboard is installed in the harbour/emergency generator room as shown on GA plan. Moulded case circuit breakers are arranged for 400V services, as described for the main switchboard, and automatic mini circuit breakers for 230Y services" to feed the outlet circuits as required by the rules. Approx. 10% of spare circuits properly marked and approved by the Owner, have been in the 230 volt and 400 Volt sections. Circuit breakers are arranged for two emergency transformers with connections to the 230 volt section, so that a single transformer is working while the second is in stand-by. The emergency switchboard is automatically connected to the emergency generator upon voltage failure of the main switchboard supply. Upon restoration of voltage at the latter. power supply will be automatically transferred back to the main switchboard. All alarms fi'om emergency engine and generator are connected to IACMS.

The emergency switchboard has an insulation monitoring and fault location system installed as per main sw'itchboards described above. The schematic installation is shown as follou s: -The Emersencl' svstem is composed of a 400V system supplied by a generator. In this case the proposal includes a IR420-D6 insulation monitor because of the generator usually u'ill be switched off. to nronitor the insulation in ofline mode. That means that the equipmeltt sir.es an alarm if the insulation is less than the set, because in case of insulation problenl. if the generator str.itches on. a f-rre can occurs. The 230V side is nronitored bl'IRDH575 combined with an EDS, like the whole system.

ATTENTIO\: The IR{20-D6 CAN'T be connected to the system when the generator monitored b' him is connected to the system, at this moment the IRDH575 will monitor
the insulation of the n'hole svstem.

I
I I
I I
201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 154 of 179

Emergency / Harbour Switchboard

400v

I
I

I I I I I
I
f20
t0ot230V

"ttI

|'-*il"'i

*"'l

I I

I I I
T

The affangement and installation have been approved by the Class, the Authorities
Owner.

and

If

any incongruence between data given in this specification and as-built electrical drawings arises, the as-built information should prevail.

I I

I
T

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 155 of 179

I
T

8230 Distribution System - Power

Power circuits that due to their characteristics are not fed directly from main switchboards are grouped and fed through local distribution boards, conveniently arranged at consumer concentration points; all distribution switchboard position and installation have been surveyed
and approved by Class and Owner.

T
T

Approx. 15% spare spaces are foreseen for possible future installations and 5oA of circuits. Owner has approved all spare, cabling rotes, and disposition.
8231 Distribution System - 24V DC

spare

I
T

The distribution system is enclosed, dead front type - built of steel frame with sheet steel panels and each provided with a supply panel from the 400V 50Hzl24V DC (UPS), a 24Y feeder panel and earth-fault indication. All panels shall be of similar execution to the power distribution panels and equipped with 2pole mini circuit breakers. Approx. 15% spare spaces are foreseen for possible future installations and 5oA of spare circuits. Owner has approved all spare and cabling rotes and disposition. The insulation monitorins and fault location svstem installed as follows:
The 24 VDC system has three rectifiers (in this proposal, it is supposed that each one of the rectifiers has an internal galvanic isolation, e.g. insulation transformer), each one supposes a new diagram to be monitored. The same insulation monitor, IRDH575, can be used to monitor the DC system and the EDS will notice the output affected by the fault. The IRDH175 filters and analyses all the interferences coupled on the system, giving an exact insulation value, this means that non unwanted disconnections will never happen. and in case of navigation systems and control consoles, between other equipments, always need to be 100% operative.

I
I
T
T
T

I
T

I
I
I
I

I I I I I I I I

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 156 of 179

t t
T
T

t t

! T

! T

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 157 of 179

If any incongruence

between data given in this specification and as-built electrical drawings arises, the as-built information should prevail. 8240 Distribution System - Lighting To be of a similar standard, as the main switchboard, each of them will be provided with a supply panel from 400V1230V 50Hz lighting transformers, 230V feeder panel, and with earthfault indication. Each feeder panel shall be equipped with 2-pole or 3-pole mini circuit breakers and shall be similar in execution to power distribution panels with circuits arranged to achieve a balanced
load between the three phases.

Distribution boards shall be fitted in each fire zone, in engine rooms, thruster rooms, etc.. and distribution boards for normal lighting and emergency lighting shall be installed in different
locations. spare spaces shall be provided for possible future installations and spare circuits shall be installed.

l0 per cent

l0 per cent

8250 Transformers
Two (2) lighting transformers - one stand-by air-cooled, marine,IP 23 standard are installed. Emergency transformer(s) have been installed and fitted according to Class requirements as described above. The transformers are protected on both the primary and the secondary side. Transformers are flexible mounted.

8260 Cables and Gable Installation

Cable trays were designed and installed to reflect the requirements of segregation of cables for redundant systems such as: Public Address (A and B-lines); Fire Detecting System (loop cables "in" and "out"); General Alarm system; Lighting and Emergency Lighting: Cable trays have been arranged to avoid parallel running and crossing of cables for redundant systems. The cable tray and cabling layout have been provided to Owner satisfaction and approved by both Class and Owner. All ordinary cables shall be standard halogen-free marine cables of the EPR (Ethylene-

Propylene-Rubber) type according to Class requirements and class type approved; special cables or conductor types, such as coaxial cables or copper tubing, etc., have been used for certain electronic circuits and antenna connections, according to manufacture requirements and approved by the Owner. In hot locations, where ambient temperature excesd5 +60oC (ie: casing), heat resistant type cables have been used and placed as far as it was possible away from heat sources. Screened andlor armoured marine cables have been used for telephone, loudspeaker, loudhailing, ventilation control, radar. wireless, gyro, automation, alarm, monitoring and similar sensitive systems; all cables for such equipments have been approved by Class where necessary, equipment manufactures and Owner. The number of cable la,vers nteets Class requirements. Cables passing through decks shall be protected b1' deck tubes. Cables passing through watertight bulkheads have watertight penetrating sleeves \[avra maker.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 158 of 179

Regarding 3-phase and 2-phase power circuits cabling section, they were done according to Class requirements and have been approved by Owner and Class. Voltage-drop in cables is not to exceed the Class Rules. The voltage drop in the automation circuits is in accordance with the Maker's requirements. The minimum conductor size is of 1.5 ffiffi2, except for communication, alarm circuits control, etc., where special cables are used. A number of spare cables have been arranged and approved by Owner. All cable ends are clearly marked using a system approved by the Owner.

8270 Circuit Breakers

Type approved Marine-type circuit breakers of moulded case or open type are used throughout the electric installation for protection of power and lighting circuits. Types are according specific application. As far as possible and in order to limit different types to a minimum same types are used for similar applications. For final lighting and control circuits, Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB) are used.

8280

Fuses for individual protection of sub circuits. Fuses and fuse blocks are clearly

Fuses are installed

marked, indicating the rating.

8300

Power Devices Electric Motors

8310

In general, standard electric motors are used, rated at 3ph, 400V 50H2. Where indicated. ti'r non-essential consumers with motors of 0.5 kW or less, single phase motors at 220Y AC har e
been applied.

All motors are sized for continuous operation at a high efficiency and a minimum of six starts per hour. In general, motors are of an approved make and type, of international standard
dimension (lEC) and comply with the following requirements:

Squirrel cage type When two-speed motors are required, these are with separate windings Direct on line starting up to a nominal power of 15 kW Motors exceeding l5 kW are started by means of soft start or frequency converter Insulation Class F Motor size calculated for temperature rise Class B

Protection class of motors according to Classification Societies requirements for the zone they are installed. In general, they are totally enclosed and self (fan) - cooled; totally enclosed terminal boxes are provided on all motors, to the same protection standard as the motor. In general, the six ends of the motor u'indings are taken to the terminal boxes.

I I I I I I
I

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 158 of 179

Regarding 3-phase and 2-phase power circuits cabling section, they were done according to Class requirements and have been approved by Owner and Class. Voltage-drop in cables is not to exceed the Class Rules. The voltage drop in the automation circuits is in accordance with the Maker's requirements. The minimum conductor size is of 1.5 ffiffi2, except for communication, alarm circuits control, etc., where special cables are used. A number of spare cables have been arranged and approved by Owner. All cable ends are clearly marked using a system approved by the Owner.

8270

Circuit Breakers

I
I I
I I

Type approved Marine-type circuit breakers of moulded case or open type are used throughout the electric installation for protection of power and lighting circuits. Types are according specific application. As far as possible and in order to limit different types to a minimum same types are used for similar applications.

For final lighting and control circuits, Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB) are used.

8280

Fuses for individual protection of sub circuits. Fuses and fuse blocks are clearly

Fuses are installed

marked, indicating the rating.

I
I I I

8300
8310

Power Devices Electric Motors

In general, standard electric motors are used, rated at 3ph, 400V 50H2. Where indicated. tbr non-essential consumers with motors of 0.5 kW or less, single phase motors at220Y AC have
been applied.

All motors are sized for continuous operation at a high efficiency and a minimum of six stans per hour. In general, motors are of an approved make and type, of international standard
dimension (IEC) and comply with the following requirements:

I I I I
I
I

Squirrel cage type When two-speed motors are required, these are with separate windings Direct on line starting up to a nominal power of l5 kW Motors exceeding 15 kW are started by means of soft start or frequency convefier Insulation Class F Motor size calculated tbr temperature rise Class B

Protection class of motors according to Classification Societies requirements for the zone they are installed. In -peneral. ther are totallv enclosed and self (fan) - cooled; totally enclosed terminal boxes are pro\ ided on all motors. to the same protection standard as the motor. In general, the six ends of the nrotor u indines are taken to the terminal boxes.

I I I l I I I I I I I
I
I

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 159 of 179

\lotors trf l0k\\- and above, all motors outside engine rooms and accommodation and on open deck are tined u'ith standstill heating 230 VAC, 1-phase.
Normal enclosure:

In engine room: Drip-proof (IP a4) On exposed decks: Hose-proof (IP 56)

As far as possible, all larger motors are from the same maker.

Motors of 20 kW and above are fitted with thermistor relav and a PTC resistance in each winding.
Motors in ventilation shafts shall be made of cast iron. As a general rule all motors are fitted with operation lamp and hour-meter on the starter board or, when remote controlled, in the IACMS.
Characteristics of motors and further specifications are according Class requirements.

8320

Starters and Gontrollers

Starters and controllers are of the enclosed, dead front type. Most starters are concentrated in 2 group starter boards (MCC's) situated in the converter room.

Starters generally have IP protection required by the Class for the zone where they are installed. When required by Class, type approved switchgear should be used. It is as far as practicable of the same make and type. On exposed decks and in wet locations, fully enclosed marine type starters with a protection of at least IP 56 are used. If indicated by the application, motors of I kW and less are not equipped with stafters.

Motors are aranged for direct-on-line starting by means of motor starters; soft start is used for motors exceeding l5 kW. Motors with long starting times have an overload protection with
special characteri
sti cs.

l
I I I
I
I I
I

In general, the thermal range for motor overload protection has been chosen so that the nominal current of the motor will not exceed 75 per cent of the maximum adjustable range.
Frequency converters for the propulsion motors allow infinite speed regulation from zero fo maximum rpm.They are of the Active Front End (AFE) type which reduces the total

hannonic distortion (THD) to a very low level. They are water-cooled and placed in the dedicated converter room. They are in compliance with Class requirements.
Frequency converters for the bow and stern thrusters are fed from the same AFE as propulsion motors. They are air-cooled and placed in the converter rooms.

All motor
buttons.

starters are fitted with lamps displaying operation and overload and start/stop push

If

remote controlled. a Local/Remote selector switch is fitted. Running time hour

meters are fitted or sisnal is given via IACMS.

I I

F T T
8380 Propulsion Motors

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 160 of 179

t t

Propulsion motors have been supplied by Roll-Royce Marine (former SES) with the following technical data: Motor Type: Asynchronous squirrel cage electric motors Model: B5J 5OOLC4 Serial No. VO I 6849 and VO 167 54 Voltage 690V Frequency 58Hz Current 1734Amp Typ. of cooling Water cooling IC 7 Al W7 Power l 800kw Power factor 0.89
Speed

t t
t
I I I
I
I
I
I
I

Maximum output torque Insulation class Degree of protection Ambient Temperature Motors have been certified by DNV.

1794rpm 9582Nm
F

IP 55
45"C

8400 Lighting 8410 Lighting Ptan

Lighting plan has been delivered to the Owner as part of as-built documentation Doc. No. PE0608 Ligthing Arrangement. Generally, all parts of the ship shall be very well illuminated, especially in all working and cargo spaces' Type, number and distribution of lighting points shall be in accordance with the Owner's requirements. The lighting shall be arranged in the foilowing sysrems: - Normal lighting - Emergency lighting - Transitional emergency lighting - Supplementary emergency lighting
Energy saving lighting systems have been used as far as it was possible. The lighting in cabins, service spaces, corridors, stairs, public spaces, etc., has been connected to two groups of the same panel so that a complete blackout due to fuse failure is avoided.

8420 Lighting Fixtures Lighting units arranged and installed in sufficient quantity in order to achieve the effective illumination value specified throughout the ship. fhe quntity and positioning of lightning

units have been approved bv the Owner. The general lighting t-trtures installed in each space are capable of providingthe average value of illumination required br the rules: this item as been inspected by Class ind Owner.

I
I I I I I
I I
8421 Lighting, Machinery and Working Spaces

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 161 of 179

Engine room lighting is connected to different groups. Fluorescent lamp fixtures of strong construction, with standard lengths and sockets have been used in all engine rooms, workshops, stores, galley and other working rooms. Light fixtures in the engine rooms and galley of a type capable of withdraw high temperatures and with lP 44 protection have been installed, inspected and approved by the Owner. An approved by the Owner number of fixed lights was provided beneath the floor in engine rooms and void spaces.

8422 Lighting in Accommodation Corridor and public space illumination by means of recessed low consumption or fluorescent lights as per Owner requirements and approved by him, provided with a decorative grill flush with ceiling; minimum above each cabin entrance. Cabin Lighting includes recessed ceiling-laffips, desk and bed lights, and a mirror light with shaver socket, 2201110 V in the bathroom.

I
t

I
I
I I I

8423 Outside Deck Lighting

Deck lighting is, by means of stainless steel, marine-type fluorescent lighting fixtures of IP56 standard. Type, quantity and positions have been approved by the Owner. Lifeboat stations and rafts on the sea are lit with halogen floodlights, supplied from the emergency switchboard in accordance with the rules. Aft and fore deck are illuminated by halogen floodlights, supplied from the emergency switchboard according to the rules, and arranged so that the light is not blinding the view from the bridge; all of them have been tested and approved by the Owner.

I I

All

outside deck lighting and floodlights are controlled from

a switch panel in the

wheelhouse.

8424 Plug Sockets

All

sockets are of the type used in Denmark.Type,quantity and position have been approved by Owner. At least two 230V, single phase sockets are installed in every room, except for small lockers. All single phase 230V sockets are double, except for water-tight sockets and sockets in corridors. All sockets for voltages other than 230V have name-plates indicating the voltage. Sockets in machinery spaces and workshops Approximately one socket - 230V, 16A - per 10m' is provided for portable lighting and small working machines. Ten sockets - 400V, 3-phase, 63A - have been arranged for high pressure washing machines and u'elding machines. One single phase 230V socket is provided per working place. Position. 'pe and quantity have been approved by the Owner.

I
I I I

I I I
I I
I
I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 162ot 179

Sockets on open decks S'atertight. single phase 230 station to Orvner approval.

V,16 A

sockets are installed at even'rvorking and cleaning

Sockets for welding and heavy tools Watertight 3 x 400 V AC, 63 A sockets are installed on open decks, mooring areas, galley, A/C rooms.

8440 Navigation and Signat Lights Navigation and signal lights have been arranged according to International Convention for preventing Collisions at Sea 1972, incl. l98l Amendments. The navigation lighting affangement has been delivered as part of as-built documentation d*g No.07017.01.8430.01 Signal Light Arrangement. 8460 Search Lights

I I
I
I

The Vessel is equipped with Colorlight AB maker search lights controlled fronl
wheelhouse wing and aft consoles, technical description as follows: Portside Searchlight:

the

CL03-12, UV/HML,230 V AC including:

Searchlight, 3 m cable

HMI Metal Halide-light, 575 W, focusing UV-light, 575 W, focusing Electronic box for indoor mounting,lP2l
Remote control, Standard, 8 m cable Extra Remote Control, Standard, 5 m cable Upgrade Standard Remote to All Functions x 2 Upside down version Starboard Searchlight:

CL03-12, UV/IIMI,230 V AC including:

Searchlight, 3 m cable

HMI Metal Halide-light, 575 W, focusing

UV-light , 57 5 W, focusing Electronic box for indoor mounting,lP2l Remote control, Standard, 8 m cable Extra Remote Control, Standard, 5 m cable Upgrade Standard Remote to All Function s x 2 Upside down version

I I I t
I I I I
I I I I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 163 of 179

Aft Searchlight:
CL02-11, Halogen/llalog en, 230 V AC includ in g :
Searchlight, 3 m cable, IP66

Halogen-light, 2 x250 W, separately focusing Electronic box for indoor installation, IP21 Remote control. Standard. 5 m cable

8470 Flood Lights Flood lights, each 500 W, of watertight halogen type are installed in sufficient number. approved by the Owner, to adequately illuminate engine rooms, gangways, working deck.

All

after deck, raft and boat stations and funnel. The locations have been approved by the Ou'ners. external flood lights are of corrosion resistant lamp houses.

8480 Emergency Lghting The emergency light is part of the ship's general lighting, see dwg. No.PE0608 Lighting Arrangement. Accommodation, engine rooms, working rooms, at rafts and boats. etc.. are arranged according to the rules, supplied from emergency switchboard tested and approved br the Class and Owner. At each raft, an overboard light is arranged and approved by the Class. All emergency lighting fixtures shall be marked for identification with a red label.
8500 Communication 8510 Radio Equipment (GMDSS)
The radio equipments, installation, etc., have been approved by the Class. All equipments are homologated EC marked. Position, etc., have been approved by the Owner. The following equipments have been installed to fulfil requirements of GMDSS AI+A2+A3

t t
t
t t

I off Console Sailor GMDSS of four body c/w loudspeaker

connexion box TT-3616C; battery

state indication (voltage and amperimeter), integrated alarm panel Inmarsat C, telephone MF/HF, 2 off VHF. I off BLU telephone MF/HF Sailor maker Mod. HC5000 GMDSS 250W 24V 2 off VHF sailor Mod. RT5022 DSC Class AP 2 off Inmarsat C GMDSS Sailor Mod. TT3020 2 off printers Mod. OKI ML-280 2 off supports for telex paper for the printers ML280 I off NAVTEX JRC Mod. NCR-333 I off SSA (Ship security alert systern) Sailor Mo. TT-3000SS4 2 off EPIRB McMurdo Mod. G5 Smartfind 2 off radar transponders McMurdo Mod. 54 3 off portable VHF GMDSS Sailor Mod. SP3300 inclusive Sailor charger mod. CH32321, chargeable baffery NI/CAD capacity 850mAh, lithium emergency battery GMDSS capacity of 2900mAh 4 off portable UHF ICOM Mod. IC-F2I0S (440-470Mhz) I off receiver DGPS; JRC Mod. JRL-7700 I off Dual-band direction finder Rhoteta mod. RT-300VS

I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I I t I I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 164 of 179

I off Satellite compass ANSCHUTZ Mod.

Standard-21

Additional Weather Station WALKER Mod. 7070 System capable of obtaining data of: Barometric pressure Air temp
Water Temp

Humidity
Equipments: I P 1002 Weather masthead unit providing barometric pressure, Air temp, Humidity I P 263 Water temp sensor I P 1001 Processor Unit combined Speed Log & Wind Weather System I P 1255 Weather indicator providing

All

necessary antennas, power supplies, modems and special channels have been delivered. installed and approved by both class radio surveyor and Owner.

8520 VSAT Broadband Communication The Vessel is equipped with a 60 inch Ku-band maritime VSAT for broadband communication at sea. The V-SAT and all accessories have been supplied by the Owner and installed by the builder following the instruction of manufacture. Commissioning has been ordered by the Owner and installation approved.

8530 SAT TV
The Vessel shall be equipped with a 27 inch maritime SAT TV antenna. The SAT TV and all accessories have been supplied by the Owner and installed by the builder following the instructions of manufacturer. Commissioning has been ordered by the Owner and installation
approved.

8540 Aerial System An aerial system fallowing the instruction of the Owner has been complete with amplifiers, etc. Socket outlets for TV and radio have been arranged on mess, cabins, offlrce, bridge. and
engine control room. The quantity, quality and place have been approved by the Owner.

8550 Broadcast Equipment Apart from TV reception via a common aerial system, connection should be provided from a DVD placed in a suitable location. It was installed a DVD, radios, TV and the rest of broadcast equipments have been delivered by the Owner and installed by the Yard following
Owner instructions.

8560

Intercom and Command Systems

A PA-system was installed for alarm and voice

announcements. Entertainment functions are not provided. Loudspeakers are split into 4 groups (foredeck, aftdeck, accommodation, engine area) and cover all areas. The PA-system includes command station on the bridge and in the ship's office. Via an interface to the automatic telephone system, announcements can be done from each telephone. System has 2 lines, A and B, fully redundant. with dedicated amplifiers. In case of loss of one line. announcements or alarm can still be heard in all zones.

I I I I I I
I I t I
I I I
I t I t t I
t I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 165 of 179

8570

Internal Telephone Systeffi, etc.

An automatic telephone system has been installed. It is interfaced u'ith the PA-system.
The telephone system includes three wireless telephones. with base units and chargers.

The telephone exchange is specially designed for ship's use and allows configurations like group call, priority calls, etc.

According Owners requirements, a command (talk-back) system is not provided. This function will be covered by dedicated VHF telephones supplied by the Owner.
An emergency batteryless, telephone system is installed in accordance with the rules.
The telephone exchange is digital and contains extemal lead-in/lead outs (for telefax. Vsat. shore line, GSM, answering machine). Furthermore, it contains local numbers according to telephone list. The exchange is configured in such a way that outside calls activate PA everywhere:, or the wheel house and office, if desired. Calls from outside are answerable fronr all internal phones. The exchange can be prepared for various diversion procedures.
Phones are wall-mounted,, desk mounted or table models as agreed with the Owner.

GSM phone accessible from each subscriber with access rights is connected exchange. It will be possible to send faxes via Vsat, GSM and shore line.
General Alarm and Alarm Bells

to

the

8580

The General Alarm and the Fire Alarm are emitted via the PA system all over the vessel in accordance with Class and IMO requirements. Fire alarm is generated and supplied from the Central Unit of the Fire Detection System. For General alarn and Abandon Ship alarm, a specific alarm generator connected to the PA system is provided. General alarm is connected to the Typhon. Manual alarm sequences can be introduced.

8590

Engine Order Telegraph

Emergency pointer telegraph stations are installed on the bridge, at emergency propulsion control and the ECR.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 166 of 179

8600

Navigation Equipment

An integrated bridge system for navigation is fitted. n'ith all equipment designed for recessed mounting in "cockpit" style bridge consoles, including the bridge n'ing manoeuvring stands and overhead ceiling consoles. All consoles are of the same larout: fu'd. navigation console, the aft consoles and bridge wing consoles. The bridge is designed as for one-man operation.
both at sea and during manoeuvring.

All display units and controls

are designed to permit easl'overview and operation from the manoeuvring stand or the bridge wing stands.

Workstations are with integrated colour chart radar and ECDIS with the possibility of overla;' of ECDIS on radar system. Conning system shall be rvith possibility of fast switching betu'een four predefined and programmable conning display's. Two main stations shall be n'ith integrated AlS-system, one of these with integrated operation of Voyage Data Recorder. including radar image. Three slave stations shall be fitted in bridge wings and aft, with full control of all functions, and choice of Radar, ECDIS. and Conning on the slave station.

All

radar and navigation systems have an ergonomic design and bridge consoles.

fit into the cockpit

designed

All display screens are to be daylight-type

TFT-displays.

Following navigation devices are integrated in navigation system (NACOS):

2 of Radars, one Multipilot and one Chartradar
1

of Chartpilot (ECDIS)

I of Conningpilot I ofTrackpilot
1

of Gyro con'rpass with integrated GPS Gyro

Speedlog

I of

I ofEchosounder
1

of Navigation DGPS

t t t

I of AIS

t t

8610 Gyro Gompass and Autopilot Gyro IGPS Gyro Compass (automatic correction for course and speed) Gyro repeaters at bridge wings and steering gear room Steering repeater Bearing repeaters on top of wheelhouse. Magnetic contpass and fluxgate Magnet compass repeater with synchronic-output to autopilot -

I I I
l
Autopilot is integrated in NACOS system (Trackpilot).

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 167 of 179

I I I I I I t I
I I I I I I t I I

8620

Depth Sounder

Echo sounder with colour display and recorder is installed in fwd navigation console in wheelhouse. Transmitter/receiver is installed as recommended by the provider. Echosounder is integrated in NACOS system.

8640

Speed / Log Indicator

Doppler type Speed Log with transducer, sea valve and digital speed display indicators are installed and integrated in NACOS system. Slave instrument is placed in the engine control room.

8650

Magnetic Projector Compass

Magnetic projector compass of approved type is installed on the wheelhouse top with viewing mirror, suitably oriented in the wheelhouse for observation by the helmsman. The compass has been corrected, compensated and adjusted by an officially qualified adjuster to the satisfaction of the Owner's superintendent prior to delivery, and deviation cards in duplicate have been delivered.

8660

Radar Equipment

One S-Band and one X-Band radar scanner are installed and integrated in the NACOS system. According NACOS system facilities, both can be displayed at request on Multipilot or Radarpilor workstations, including slave displays. No inter-switch unit is necessary as the radar signals are available over the navigation bus.

Colour displays are of daylight-type, 23" size, widely dimmable as required for bridge installation. On both radar displays, sea chart can be overlayed. Additional information. coming over an integrated interface, from Speedlog, Echosounder, DGPS. Weather station. AIS and others can be displayed on the screen. Multipilot also allows presentation of seachart with overlayed radar image.
Radars are equipped with all Class and /or IMO required facilities.

8670

Electric Whistle

An electric whistle (Typhon) is installed on the signal mast. Complete with both manual control and automatic foghorn control. Push button is installed in wheelhouse console. aft
console and wing consoles. Whistle is activated also from General Alarm generator.

8680
installed.

Satellite Navigation
interface to the radars and the electronic chart system has been

A navigation DGPS u'ith

I I I I I I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 168 of 179

8690
A

Voyage Data Recorder (VDR)

a

voyage data recorder (VDR) is installed. The following information is recorded over

period of 24 hours or according to rules:

8700

Ship position, course and speed Raw radar data information Engine orders and responses Azimuth orders and responses Status information about hull openings Watertight and fire doors status information Bridge conversations, including loudspeaker message given and received VHF ship-shore-ship and ship communications Wind speed and direction

Miscellaneous Electric Equipment Electronic Chart System

8710

I I I
t
||

An electronic chart system (ECDIS) has been installed. Chart display and planning system are integrated in the NACOS system and can be displayed on radar displays. Printing facilities are included using a printer whose driver is available. USB driver for HP LASER JET CP2025 is included.
Chart update depends on contract between Owner and chart provider and can be done by CD.

8720

Electric Test Board

An electrical test board according to Owner requirements has been provided and installed in
the workshop.

I I

8780 Internal TV

A close TV surveillance circuit has been supplied and installed, including the following
equipments:

I I I I I I

- 3 off 17" LCD colours monitors - 3 cameras Dinion XF PAL 540 LTV day/night IR220 VAC (fixed type) - 2 off motorized cameras ECV-50 -5 off exterior IR lamps 30 I2VDC -5 weather proof housing c/w heating, sun protection; IP86 dia.262mm - 5 off housing supports LTC-948x -2 off recorder sequencer REC9H -2 off keyboards EVC-TEC3O The installation and function have been tested and approved by the Owner.

I I
I I I
I I I
I I

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 169 of 179

room. The server is positioned in the office.

8800 Computer Hardware and Software 8820 Data Network A cabled local area network (LAN) for computers has been installed with plugs in all cabins, in the dayroom, the wheelhouse, the el-room, the office. the galley and the engine control

by the Owner and installed bv the Builder. Data network has been completely approved by the owner.

PC workstations and network multi-function printer/copier/fax machine have been supplied

8830 Planned Maintenance System

An integrated maintenance planning software has been prepared by the Co. Logimatic and installed on vessel server. The installation and function have been approved by the
Owner. 8900 Tools, Spares and Stores 8910 Storage of Tools, Spares and Stores

AII parts have been properly stored in boxes with clear identification of all items and lists in both electronic and hard copy formats; all of them have been approved by the Owner.
8920 Storeroom with Outfit
Suitable lockers with shelves and drawers have been arranged for storage of electrical tools. spares, and stores in places indicated and approved by the Owner.

All

spare parts delivered by the Yard have been properly stowed. Scope of spare parts has been approved by the Owner. EO spare parts requested by the Class have b..n supplied, surveyed and approved by both the Class and Owner.

9000 Automation, General

9010

Automation Requirements and Standards

Remote and automatic controls, as well as instrumentation for operation with unmanned engine room are provided to the extent required by the relevant rules and regulations. Instruments, sensors and controls are of recognised quality for high reliability and accuracy, and besides of simple' robust and standardised design for easy replacement and, if practicabll. repair by the ship's staff. Where indicated by Classification Society, type approved material is
used.

9020 Design Conditions

Instrumentation is provided to enable local and manual operation of machinery and equipment in case of failure of remote or automatic control. Indications are given in the IACM ,yri.* u, well as in nranual or renrote.

As far as possible. it is

ensured that components, such as controllers. control valves"

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 170 ot 179

transmitters. solenoid valves, limit switches, pilot lamps. etc.. are standardised to the same manufacture. type and size. All alarm transmitters are fitted with name plate with ta_s-indication.

9040 Instrumentation
All the instruments are of suitable construction for their marimum operating value; scales are in metric units. Signals from indicator analogue sensors are also used as alarm when indicated. Electric transducers and continuous or on demand indicators will be used for
in general of platinum resistance. min.3-wired connected (Pt-100 standard) up to 200 "C. For higher temperatures. e.g. exhaust gas measuring, thermocouples (NiCrNi standard) are used (supplied by Diesel engine manufacturer MAN). Local pressure gauges are of the Bourdon fype. liquid filled where appropriate. Remote pressure gauges will be of electric type. Temperature gauges and temperature sensors are installed in pockets to make change of equipment possible without emptying the system. Pressure gauges and pressure sensors are provided with shut off valve, mounted directl!' on system pipe. Instruments, sensors, transmitters and switches are aratlged for easy testing. Necessary test facilities have to be provided.
analogue indicators. Temperature sensors are

9100 Gontrol Location and Consoles

91

10 Wheelhouse

The bridge layout has been designed in accordance with ergonomic principles, as required in standard ISO 8468 Bridge Layout and Associated Equipment and equivalent standard, and has been approved by the Owner. Bridge navigation consoles are arranged in a central position to facilitate one-man operation of the following functions: Navigation, manoeuvring and propulsion control

Machinery systems control (IACMS)

Damage and safety control

Communication

Bridge wing consoles are arranged

communication.

in PS and SB bridge wing for

manoeuvring and

An aft-facing conning station is arranged in the CL of the bridge over-viewing and controlling
all operations on the aft deck.

A console accommodating chart table, safety systems, etc., are arranged in the wheelhouse. Wheelhouse Command Console Centre The wheelhouse navigation console fwd. accommodates the following equipment: - Propulsion control panel for remote control of RPM

Bow- and stern thruster control panel Individual back-up control for propulsion system Steering gear control/monitoring panel with interface for autopilot Instruments for propeller RPM and active power Finn stabilizer control Emergency telegraph

I I I I I I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I

t t t

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 171 ot 179

One CRT display for IACMS Extension panel with group alarm indication Selection of control stands in command Push button for mode selection Dead man alarm panel Emergency stop Conning display ECDIS monitor and PC stand

Navigation equipment: Two chart radar displays (Chartradar on PS and Multipilot on SB side of the conning display) Autopilot integrated in NACOS system (Trackpilot) Gyro repeater Conning display ECDIS (Chartpilot) All machinery and ship systems shall be controlled and monitored from the IACM work station, including damage control and monitoring as a coordinated alternative to the hardwired panel for fire detection, water tight doors, fire doors, emergency stop ventilation and oil pumps, remote control of fire dampers, etc., according to the National Authorities requirements. Additional equipment: Horn controller Lighting of ship name, funnel, deck, etc. Window wiper control and heating Engine telegraph logger Search light control CCTV display
Telephones

Communication equipnrent Navigation light panels Master switch for general alarm Dimmer systent for indication lamps and instruments (where not integrated in control
systems) Compass

Inside, outside and sea temperature Rate of turn indication (on conning system) Speed log

Bridge Wing Command Consoles The bridge wing command consoles shall accommodate at least the following equipment: Propulsion control panel Bon'/stem thrusters control panel Steering _sear control panel
Communication

Multipilot slar e monitor Control t-or search lieht illuminatine the rescue zones

I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 172of 179

Window wiper control and heating for side windows

l
I I I I I I I I I

Aft-facing Command Consoles

The aft-facing command console shall accommodate at least the following equipment: Propulsion control panel Bow/stern thrusters Steering gear

Communication Conning monitor Controls for towing winches Control for stern door Control for sliding hatches Control for lifting table Control for sliding bulwarks Control for aft search lieht Control for illumination lights on aft deck Window wiper control and heating for aft windows Wheelhouse Overhead Console One measuring-instrument panel is provided at the upper part of the wheelhouse front wall centre, with the following indications and devices: Wind measuring indications Meteorological station Sound surveillance system Safety Desk

I I I

safety desk

be arranged with easy access to the following instruments: Watertight door mimic panel Fire detection system

will

General alarm push button Emergency stop of ventilation fans Fire pump start/stop Telephone (sound-powered and autornatic)

Chart Console
One chart console shall be provided in the chart space and the following equipment shall be mounted: - Barometer - Echo sounder recorder - Master clock u'ith slave clock control panel - Anemometer (u'ind direction and speed) - Chart table lisht

l
I I I

GMDSS Console Adjacent to the chart console. a GMDSS console is arranged. Additionally to the radio equipment. the follou ins equipment is mounted in this console: DGPS Satellite nar isator

I
rl
r|
201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 173 ot 179

I I

DGPS for GMDSS VHF telephone

9130 Engine Control Room

An engine control room (ECR) is arranged; the ECR is ventilated by the central HVAC and cooled by a dedicated unit. It contains the necessary equipment for obtaining unmanned
classification. The Engine Control Room includes an ECR console, with the following equipment mounted: Remote control of the main propulsion system RPM and kW indication for both propulsion motors Emergency stop push buttons for propulsion system Steering gear pumps and alarm indication panels Speed log repeater panel Emergency telegraph receiver Fire detection system repeater panel Automatic telephones Batteryless telephone 2 Workstations for IACMS, with monitors Duty alarm panel Current indication for selected consumers Emergency stop panel for FO pumps and ER ventilation fans Emergency control of sea valves Fire damper indication panel Control for floor heating of change/rope locker General alarm activation button CCTV screen and control Stabilizer control display Furthermore, a writing desk is mounted as well as a cupboard. The ship's PC and the printers for IACMS and office are mounted there. Inside the ECR followins switchboards are situated: 400 V 1230 V Main switchboards IACMS Field Processing Device I (FPD I ) 24 YDC UPS and distribution boards (UPS l, I.JPS2) Remote control cabinet for engine room fans (CAB3) Running lights panel (in front door of FPDl)

9140 Design of Consoles

The ECR console is manufactured as steel construction and mounted directly to the resilientlr mounted floor. It is suitably' painted. If necessary, stiffeners have to be arranged. Components inside the desks or panels have nleans of accessing for repair or replacement. Horizontal areas of desks are intended for operating controls. Vertical areas are in general for indicators. alarms, video displal units tVDUs) and watching lights. Components are suitable tbr marine service. Distribution of components on console has been designed according to good marine practice and ergonomic principles and has been presented to Owner.

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Paqe 174 ot 179

9200 Alarm and Monitoring Systems 9210 Integrated Alarm, Control and Monitoring System (IACMS) A microprocessor based integrated alarm, control
and monitoring system (IACMS) permits centralized operations and supervision of selected machinery from the engine control room and the wheelhouse. The IACMS has a distributed structure with a redundant duplicated local area network for fast
and reliable flow. The IACMS design is based on a modular electronic concept and communicates with other systems on board vessel for data exchange. Two operator work stations with high resolution graphic 19" VDU's and including keyboards and track balls for man-machine communication are arranged in the engine control room as well as one on the bridge. Alarm printer and graphic printer are arranged in soundproof locations. IACMS shall be synchronized with ships clock every day with a max deviation of +/- 50 msec.

The IACMS incorporates a visual and audible alarm system with panel on bridge, engineer's cabins, workshop and mess room. A dead-m an alarm system is provided, as well as a watch calling system for the engine room
spaces.

In engine room spaces, sirens and rotating lamps are arranged. The sirens of the alarm system are to have two levels of sound, for sailing and harbour use respectively. Serial link to propulsion system, power plant, VDR, HVAC, Emergency generator and navigation equipment has been arranged in order to reduce cabling and I/O signals. All systems, pumps ventilators, etc., with rernote control from the IACMS are carried out with local/remote switch. In remote position the systems are fully controlled from the IACMS, in local position the systems are locally controlled and all safety systems are still active. The IACMS includes the following tasks: Alarm and monitoring in general Mimic picture presentations Alarm and event printer
Data logging Fault diagnostics Trends presentation Propulsion and manoeuvring monitoring; propulsion control is made independentlr Electric po\\'er plant control and monitoring

Po\\er managemenr Remote control and monitoring of ancillary systems Renrote control of auriliary systems Renrote control and nlonitoring of main switchboard over Geapas 500 Autonratic start of stand by pump Sequential Stsr-t taf pumps. etc., in black out situations Close locp ctrnrrol of temperature control valve; control of RPM Seawater pumps &cc"rrJ ing F \\- teniperature Rrrltrtr ; -.n:r,rl and monitoring of valves -\utt rl.l:r; s;qu.nce control of machinery, pumps and valves is not included Leakse .e," e- lrniine

I I I
I I I
I I I I
I I I I I I I
I I
I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 175 of 179

Blocking of alarms from the VDU Automatic suppression of alarms with stopped engines Relative alarm monitoring of exhausts temperatures Blocking of big consumers is not included, not being necessary MGO actual consumption and litre/nautical mile Control and monitoring of ventilation and air conditioning plant trough interface with Novenco
Self-checking functions are incorporated in the IACMS as aid to fault finding. The system has I/O interface possibilities for all types of relevant analogue - i.e. 0-20 mA, 420mA,0-10V, Pt100, NiCrNi powered or un-powered sensors - and binary sensors. Alarms shall be shown on all workstations, however, only with a constant sound on the station on watch. The alarm can only be acknowledged on the SOD's in ECR for Machinery alarm and on SOD bridge for Bridge alarms. Remote level indication, alarm and control of pumps are connected to the IACMS at least for the following systems: Ballast water tanks Heeling tanks MGO bunker and overflow tanks MGO settling/ service tanks Lube Oil storage tanks Fresh water tank Sewage tank Ballast pumps and valves Seawater inlet / overboard valves MGO transfer pumps and valves MGO fine filter pumps and valves

High and Low level alarms are installed in MGO service tanks; high level alarms to bilge water and sewage tanks: and low level alarms in expansion tanks. The High alarm in MGO bunker tanks shall be provided by remote level sensor. The essential pumps fbr propulsion are equipped with automatic stand-by start at loss of pressure or electric fault. as required by the Class for twin screw propulsion installations. Cooling pumps for propulsion converter are not controlled from IAS but from the propulsion converter. Sequential start shall be provided after a black-out. An analogue test unit shall be arranged. Adequate protection a_eainst EMC is provided.
Dufy Engineer Alarm S'stem
The IACMS provides a sr stem comprising Duty Alarm Panels (DAP) for installation in the accommodation and machinerl' spaces. This duty engineer alarm svstem allows the duty engineer to select the alarnt unit appropriate to his location. S'hen a u.arning or an alarm occurs, assumins the acct-rmnrodation alarm system has beerr selected. the message will be announced audible and r isual at the selected unit, on all public spaces. in the ECR and on the bridge panels. In ca-se the message is not acknowledged at the selected unit after a pre-set time, then all alarm units uill be activated.

I
I

l
t a

2011-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 176 o 179

Alarm panels are installed in following rooms: - Main panel in the engine control room

Wheelhouse console Chief Engineer's cabin Engineers cabin

Ship's office
Mess room

Workshop

Spare Capacity

In general, the TACMS has been designed with a spare capacity of at least 20 per cent for each type of VO, etc. Maximum CPU load approx. 75 %. Due to modifications during construction, part of these spare channels have been used. For actual spare channels referto Spare Channels List.

9220 Fire Detection System

The ship is equipped with an addressable Fire Detection System, covering all accommodation inc. cabins and alleyways, control stations, service spaces, cargo deck, engine rooms and machinery spaces. Central unit with display and mimic has been arranged in wheelhouse. Slave panel has been arranged in engine control room. The complete installation has to consist of the following main systems:

Fire detection system The fire detection system has to be the indication and control system for fire doors and fire
dampers if any. If true alarm condition is activated by detectors the alarm sounds. Time delay of up to two minutes shall be fitted (for detectors only). Push button manual activation shall automatically activate alarms - no time delay is permitted. Timer switch for loop-disconnection in engine room *orkshop is fitted (not linked to manual push buttons). External power supply is 230V AC from emergency and tionl nrain source of electrical power. Internal voltage is 24Y DC supported by dedicated batten'.

Detectors - Accommodation Optical smoke detectors are fitted, depending upon rules. Detector in galley is a watertight heat detector. All detectors are designed to meet highest environmental resistance requirements to which a marine detector will be exposed. Detectors - Machinery areas A sufficient number of optical smoke detectors are installed. Alarm Pushbuttons Manually operated alarm pushbuttons are installed throughout the Vessel.

r|

t t r| t
r|

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 177 of 179

9300 Propulsion and Manoeuvrng Control

A standard control
and manoeuvring system for the propulsion system have been delivered to interface with the propulsion system; it is also interfaced with the Voyage Data Recorder in accordance with IMO requirements. Propulsion system is interfaced with the Integrated Alarm Control and Monitoring system.

9400 Power Generation and Distribution 9410 Power Management System

separate power management system for control of the main diesel generators. the emergency generator and switchboards are built into the main switchboards and incorporate a manual operation mode and IACMS. Automatic start of the diesel generator sets will occur under the following conditions: Standby start request from a faulty running set Low surplus power Start request of large electrical consumers Low line voltage or low line frequency Automatic stop of the diesel generator sets will occur under the following conditions: High surplus power, if no reservation Faulty running set after synchronising of standby set
The power management system to achieve at least the following functions: Power reservation due to propulsion mode Automatic synchronising before automatic connection of a generator
bars

t t t t t

to the

bus

l| l| l| l|

Maintaining the line frequency at rated value Dividing the total load between the running generators in proportion to their rated power, adjustable Automatic de-load of generator before automatic disconnection of a generator The current requirements of machine room ventilation

9430 Automation of Compressors

The starting air compressors will start and stop automatically according to predetermined pressure values. Local control for the working air compressor, remote starl/stop is according Master / Follower principle and controlled from IAS.

t
I

9500 Automation

of Ship Systems

t|

Routine operations and emergency operation of systems, which are vital for safety and prevention of pollution, are remote controlled from ECR and from other locations. Alarms for high and low level are included where necessary. Emergency control shall be arranged at the safetylfire stations according to the rules.

I t

I I I

201 1-09-15 04069.4.0510.01 Page 178 of 179

Tank remote sounding

Remote indication of tank levels is included in the IACMS. Level switches are installed in all bilge wells according to the requirements of the Owners and Classification Society. The switches are connected to individual channels in the alarm system. The switches have watertight housing with metal-sheathed cable connected to a junction box above the highest bilge level.

t I

Remote control of valves

The pump and valve remote controls are included in the IACMS. Solenoid valve cabins are the interface between the electric and hydraulic control systenrs. The valve actuators are of the electro pneumatic type. Single acting or double acting actuators have been selected for each application so that valves assume a "fail to safe" position. The actuators are provided with a manual operating function. Position indication for open and closed valve is provided on control stations for valves with remote control and for all manual valves which can discharge to the sea when faulty or when not correctly operated.

I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I

The position indication is controlled by two limit switches (proximity switches) actuated when the valve is opened and closed respectively. The limit switches have enclosure IP 68. For bilge valves they shall be able to operate under water.

9700 Safety Systems 9720 Fire Doors

The control and indication system shall be based on the same hardware as the fire alarm system, but connected to separate loop units. Customised software shall be developed for this
application. Separate loops for fire door indication, one for each main vertical zone. Group-wise indication and control of fire doors shall be available at the mimic panel; control shall include closing of doors in each main vertical zone as well as all doors; both opened and closed position shall be indicated. All fire doors are nonrrally opened; they are equipped with electromagnetic door retainers strong enough to avoid insecure doors to be closed by the ship's movements. Supply is from bridge equiprnent 24 VDC UPS, supported by battery. Capacity of door retainers' batteries should be based on retainer magnet type. The fire doors are fitted with local release switches on both sides of doors. Closing of f,rre doors is immediately in case of a fire alarm detected by the Fire Detection System.

9740 Fire Dampers

Each

of the Vessels fire dampers is equipped with two proximity type limit switches

(opened/closed).

Individual indication of fire damper position is made on panels on bridge and in ECR.